A G E N D A
GLENDALE CITY COUNCIL
COUNCIL CHAMBERS
613 E. Broadway, 2nd Floor
Glendale, CA 91206
Meetings are broadcast live on Glendale TV, viewable on Spectrum Cable, channel 6, and AT&T Uverse, channel 99. Meetings are also streamed live in high definition (HD) on the city's webpage, glendaleca.gov/live, on YouTube.com/myglendale, and on Apple TV, Roku, and Amazon Fire devices usinga free app called Screenweave and choosing “Glendale TV” from the menu. Meetings are also archived on the City Website for viewing anytime at glendaleca.gov/agendas. Call (818) 548-4013 for program schedules. DVDs of the proceedings are available for purchase in the City Clerk's Office. For public comments and questions during the meeting, call (818) 937-8100. Public comments ona specific agenda item will be taken when that agenda item is discussed. If you have any question about matters on the agenda, or requests for assistance, please contact the City Clerk at (818) 548-2090 during regular business hours.
PLEASE TURN OFF CELLULAR PHONES WHILE INSIDE THE MEETING LOCATION In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990, auxiliary hearing aids, sign language translation, and Braille transcripts are available upon request. Assisted listening devices are available same-day upon request. At least 48 hours (or two business days) notice is required for requests regarding sign language translation and Braille transcription services. All documents related to open session items on this agenda that are received less than 72 hours prior to this meeting, and are public records, will be available for review in the Office of the City Clerk, 613 E.
Broadway, RM 110, Glendale, CA 91206.
Translation services are provided for meetings through the use of bilingual staff for speakers who wish to utilize the service as available. Speakers should state their request by contacting the City Clerk’s office at (818) 548-2090, at least 24 hours prior to the scheduled meeting. Please specify the language for which you require translation. The exclusive use of City provided interpreters is not required and persons are welcome to use their own interpreter or speak in their native language.
SEPTEMBER 20, 2022
ROLL CALL
1. CLOSED SESSION – 1:00 PM (To Commence at 2:00 PM)
a. Conference with Legal Counsel – Pending Litigation: Sadeghi v. City of Glendale, et al., L.A.S.C. Case No. 20STCV34372
b. Public Employee Appointment – Director of Community Development 1 TYPED 9/21/2022 5:07:40 PM
09 20 22
CC
c. Conference with Legal Counsel – Anticipated Litigation: Significant exposure litigation pursuant to paragraph subdivisions (d)(2) and (e)(2) of Section 54956.9:
One (1) potential case
d. Conference with real property negotiators. City negotiators attending the closed session are: Roubik Golanian, John Takhtalian, Bradley Calvert, Jason Bradford, Michael J. Garcia, and Gillian van Muyden. Property location: 216 S. Brand Blvd.
Negotiating Parties: Museum of Neon Art. Instructions to the negotiator(s) will concern the price and terms for the lease of property
2. REGULAR BUSINESS AGENDA – 6:00 PM
Roll Call
a. Flag Salute: Mayor Kassakhian
b. Invocation: Suzie Abajian, City Clerk
c. Report of City Clerk, re: Posting of Agenda. The Agenda for the September 20, 2022 Regular Meeting of the Glendale City Council was Posted on September 15, 2022 on the Bulletin Board Outside City Hall.
3. PRESENTATIONS AND APPOINTMENTS
a. Agenda Preview for the Meetings of Tuesday, September 27, 2022 b. Introduction of the newly-hired Glendale Community College Superintendent/President, Dr. Ryan Cornner
c. Proclamation for the Brand Associate's 50th Works on Paper Exhibition d. Appointment of Board and Commission Member (Devine, 9/13/2022)
1. Michael Bain, Audit Committee
e. Reappointments of Boards and Commissions (Brotman, 9/13/2022)
1. Sevanna Zadorian, Arts and Culture Commission
2. Alejandro Parajon, Audit Committee
3. Danielle Lockarref, Design Review Board
4. Regina Joy Alcazar, Parks, Recreation and Community Services Commission
5.Stefen Chraghchian, Planning Commission
6. Diane M. Lambillotte, Commission on the Status of Women
7. Ely Lester, Transportation and Parking Commission
8. Alek Bartrosouf, Sustainability Commission
4. CONSENT ITEMS (Including Minutes)
The following are Routine and May be Acted Upon by One Motion. Any Member of Council or the Audience Requesting Separate Consideration May do so by Making Such Request Before Motion is Proposed.
a. City Clerk, re: Minutes of the Regular City Council meetings of August 23, 2022 and September 13, 2022, the Special City Council meeting of September 13, 2022 and the Joint City Council and Housing Authority meeting of August 9, 2022 b. Glendale Water and Power, re: Glendale Water and Power (GWP) Power Source Disclosure Report for Calendar Year 2021
1. Motion to Note and File the GWP Power Source Disclosure Report for Calendar Year 2021
2 TYPED 9/21/2022 5:07:40 PM
09 20 22
CC
c. Public Works, re: Acceptance of Grant Funds for Transit and Intercity Rail Capital Program (TIRCP) grant from California State Transportation Agency (CalSTA)
1. Motion accepting $33,111,826 in Transit and Intercity Rail Program grant funds from the California State Transportation Agency and administered by Caltrans, to electrify the Beeline transit fleet including: purchasing battery electric buses and chargers, designing and constructing a parking deck with a photovoltaic canopy, installing electrification infrastructure, installing shelter and shade structures and e-ink real time bus arrival information at bus stops, installing bus technologies on all Beeline buses including Cal-ITP contactless payment readers, funding an integration study to better connect Beeline services with the new BRT service, Metro and Metrolink/Amtrak services, and creating a Climate Mobility and Safety App to encourage transit ridership
2. Resolution authorizing the City Manager, or his designee, to execute the Master Agreement, all Award Agreements, and all Program Supplements for State-Funded Transit Projects and any Amendments thereto with the California Department of Transportation
5. CITY COUNCIL/STAFF COMMENTS
6. COMMUNITY EVENT ANNOUNCEMENTS (3-Minutes)
7. ADOPTION OF ORDINANCES
a. Community Development, re: AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA AMENDING SECTIONS 30.14.060 AND 30.32.090 OF TITLE 30 OF THE GLENDALE MUNICIPAL CODE, 1995, RELATING TO DSP SETBACK
REQUIREMENTS AND EXCEPTIONS AND DRIVE-THROUGH USES IN THE DSP. (Case No. PZC 2205401); AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE,
CALIFORNIA, AMENDING DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN (DSP), REGARDING
CLARIFICATIONS TO CERTAIN URBAN DESIGN STANDARDS, AN UPDATE TO THE
LAND USE CHART TO ALLOW VETERINARY OFFICES, AND AN AMENDMENT TO REQUIRE A COVENANT FOR PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE OPEN SPACE (CASE NO.
PGPA2205740)
8. ACTION ITEMS
a. Management Services, re: Appointment to Fill Vacancy on the Burbank-GlendalePasadena Airport Authority Commission
1. Motion appointing an individual to serve as a Glendale representative on the Airport Authority Commission for the remainder of the unexpired term through May 31, 2025
2. Motion directing staff on other options for recruitment and selection of an Airport Authority Commissioner
b. Glendale Water and Power, re: Scholl Canyon Landfill Biogas Renewable Generation Project.
1. Resolution authorizing the City Manager, or his designee, to execute Amendment No. 1 with Western Energy Systems, a division of Pen Power Group, LLC (WES), for the sale of Power Island Major Equipment (PIME) and services for the Biogas Renewable Generation Project and authorizing the issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed (FNTP) to WES in the not-to- exceed amount of $17,629,194, plus a Ten percent (10%) contingency in the amount of $1,762,919
2. Motion authorizing the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into an EngineerProcure-Construct (EPC) Contract with ACCO Engineered Systems Inc. for the 3 TYPED 9/21/2022 5:07:40 PM
09 20 22
CC
engineering, design and construction of the Biogas Renewable Generation Project at the Scholl Canyon Landfill, in the not-to- exceed amount of $43,637,098, plus a Fifteen percent (15%) contingency in the amount of $6,545,565
3. Resolution of Appropriation
9. HEARINGS
10. REPORTS - INFORMATION
11. WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONS
12. ORAL COMMUNICATIONS
Discussion is Limited to Items NOT a Part of this Agenda. Each Speaker is Allowed 5 minutes. Council May Question or Respond to The Speaker But There Will be no Debate or Decision. The City Manager May Refer the Matter to the Appropriate Department for Investigation and Report.
13. NEW BUSINESS
14. ADJOURNMENT
4 TYPED 9/21/2022 5:07:40 PM
09 20 22
CC
5 of 300
6 of 300
7 of 300
09 13 22
CC
1 4A
M I N U T E S
GLENDALE CITY COUNCIL
COUNCIL CHAMBERS
613 E. Broadway, 2nd Floor Glendale, CA 91206
SEPTEMBER 13, 2022
ROLL CALL – All Present
1. CLOSED SESSION – 4:39 p.m.
a. Conference with Legal Counsel – Pending Litigation: Sadeghi v. City of Glendale, et al., L.A.S.C. Case No. 20STCV34372
b. Conference with Legal Counsel – Pending Litigation: Glenoaks Canyon Homeowners Association v. City of Glendale, L.A.S.C. Case No. 22STCP0011 c. Public Employee Appointment – Fire Chief
d. Public Employee Appointment – Director of Community Development e. Conference with Legal Counsel – Anticipated Litigation: Significant exposure litigation pursuant to paragraph subdivisions (d)(2) and (e)(2) of Section 54956.9:
One (1) potential case
f. Conference with Labor Negotiators. The City-designated negotiators attending the closed session are: Roubik Golanian, Michael J. Garcia, Gillian van Muyden, John Takhtalian, Paula Adams, Aymee Martin, Jason Bradford, Carl Povilaitis and Laura Kalty. The name of the employee organization is: Glendale Management Association
City Attorney Mike Garcia indicated that action is anticipated on items 1c and 1d. Council recessed to Closed Session at 4:41 p.m.
2. REGULAR BUSINESS AGENDA – 6:06 PM
Roll Call – All Present
a. Flag Salute: Mayor Kassakhian
b. Invocation: Suzie Abajian, City Clerk
c. Report of City Clerk, re: Posting of Agenda. The Agenda for the September 13, 2022 Regular Meeting of the Glendale City Council was Posted on September 7, 2022 on the Bulletin Board Outside City Hall.
3. PRESENTATIONS AND APPOINTMENTS
a. Agenda Preview for the Meetings of Tuesday, September 20, 2022 Deputy City Manager John Takhtalian provided the preview. b. Childhood Cancer Awareness Month Proclamation
c. Appointment of Board and Commission Member (Asatryan, 8/23/2022)
1. Alex Fay, Glendale Water and Power Commission
4. 5.
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
8 of 300
09 13 22
CC
2 d. Appointment of Board and Commission Member (Asatryan, 8/23/2022)
1. Cole Bazemore, Sustainability Commission
e. Appointment of Board and Commission Member (Asatryan, 8/23/2022)
1. Lilya Avagyan, Transportation and Parking Commission f. Nomination Assignments for Boards & Commission Appointments
1. Arts & Culture Commission (Asatryan, Najarian, Brotman) Brotman renominated Sevana Zadorian
2. Audit Committee (Najarian, Devine, Brotman)
Devine nominated Michael Bain
Brotman renominated Alejandro Parajon
3. Building and Fire Board of Appeals (Kassakhian, Brotman, Asatryan, Najarian)
4. CDBG Advisory Committee (Brotman, Najarian)
5. Design Review Board (Najarian, Brotman)
Brotman renominated Danielle Lockareff
6. Glendale Water and Power Commission (Brotman, Najarian)
7. Historic Preservation Commission (Najarian, Brotman, Asatryan)
8. Parks, Recreation and Community Services Commission (Asatryan, Najarian, Brotman) Brotman renominated Regina Joy Alcazar
9. Planning Commission (Brotman, Najarian, Asatryan)
Brotman renominated Stefan Chraghchian
10. Commission on the Status of Women (Brotman, Najarian) Brotman renominated Diane Lambillotte
11. Transportation and Parking Commission (Brotman, Najarian) Brotman renominated Ely Lester
12. Sustainability Commission (Brotman, Najarian)
Brotman renominated Alek Bartrosouf
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
9 of 300
09 13 22
CC
3 4. CONSENT ITEMS (Including Minutes) The following are Routine and May be Acted Upon by One Motion. Any Member of Council or the Audience Requesting Separate Consideration May do so by Making Such Request Before Motion is Proposed. a. City Clerk, re: Minutes of the Regular City Council meeting of August 9, 2022 and August 16, 2022 and the Special City Council meeting of August 9, 2022 Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine
b. Community Services and Parks, re: Student Training & Employment Program funds from the California Department of Rehabilitation for the Glendale Youth Alliance and Glendale Community College’s Professional Development Center
1. Motion: Accepting Student Training & Employment Program funds from the California Department of Rehabilitation in the amount of $450,000 annually, for 3 fiscal years from July 1, 2022 to June 30, 2025, for $1,350,000 in total, to enable the Verdugo Workforce Development Board to distribute those funds to the Glendale Youth Alliance and Glendale Community College’s Professional Development Center; Approving the award of STEP grant funds to the Glendale Youth Alliance in the amount of $216,618 annually and to Glendale Community College’s; Professional Development Center in the amount of $13,600 annually, for 3 fiscal years fromJuly 1, 2022 to June 30, 2025, as approved and recommended by the Verdugo Workforce Development Board; and Authorizing the City Manager, or a designee, to execute all agreements, certifications, and documents necessary to accept and implement the funding
Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine
c. Public Works, re: Encouraging the Use of Beeline Transit by Designating Annual Free Fare Days
1. Motion authorizing the City Manager, or his designee to make Beeline free on Transit Equity Day, Earth Day, National Bike to Work Day, California Clean Air Day, and federal and state elections to encourage transit use and provide access to polls on an annual basis, permanently
Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
10 of 300
09 13 22
CC
4 5. CITY COUNCIL/STAFF COMMENTS
City Manager Roubik Golanian announced the city’s new land management system called “Glendale Permits” and Asst. Director of Community Development, Bradley Calvert, provided a brief report on this new platform. Golanian announced that the city is hosting an event to give away free compost on Saturday, October 1 at 1255 North Verdugo Road.
Assistant General Manager/Power Management, Scott Mellon, provided a brief update regarding the recent heat wave and what GWP had done to avoid blackouts.
Councilmember Asatryan thanked GWP and the residents of Glendale for working together during the heat wave to reduce energy consumption and avoid power outages. She also thanked the Parks Department for extending the hours on the usage of the splash pads in Pacific Park.
Councilmember Asatryan stated that August 26th marked Women's Equality Day during which she attended an event hosted by City of Los Angeles on Power of Procurement and was disappointed to see that Glendale didn’t have any programming to empower women and girls for that day. Asatryan requested for staff to prepare a report on establishing city contract preference policies for women-owned, minority-owned, and locally-owned businesses. Devine seconded the motion and indicated that this might be a good project for the Commission on the Status of Women. Asatryan attended a forum on youth during the League of California Cities and asked staff to look into bringing an internship program called "Summer at City Hall" modeled after the Sacramento program. Kassakhian amended the motion to also bring back the Student Ambassador Program and seconded.
Mayor Kassakhian thanked GWP staff for their hard work behind the scenes during the heat wave.
6. COMMUNITY EVENT ANNOUNCEMENTS (3-Minutes)
Cindy England
Mike Mohill
Monica Campagna
Tony Passarella
Teresa Cheng
7. ADOPTION OF ORDINANCES
8. ACTION ITEMS
a. Glendale Water and Power, re: City of Glendale Response to June 21, 2022 County of Los Angeles Civil Grand Jury Report entitled “Water, Water Everywhere Leaking from the Pipes”
Staff Comment:
Roubik Golanian, City Manager
Presenting:
Michael De Ghetto, Chief Assistant General Manager
Kassakhian asked staff to look for funding to help maintain some of the remaining pipes and sewer lines that have not been repaired. Asatryan seconded. 11 of 300
09 13 22
CC
5 1. Resolution 22-119 Approving City of Glendale Response to June 21, 2022 Los Angeles Civil Grand Jury Report
Moved: Asatryan Seconded: Brotman
b. Public Works, re: Update on Scholl Canyon Landfill Operations and Closure Staff Comments:
Roubik Golanian, City Manager
Yazdan Emrani, Director of PW
Daniel Hardgrove, Assistant Director of Public Works
Jason Bradford, Director of Finance/CIO
Mike Garcia, City Attorney
Presenting:
Maurice Oillataguerre, Environmental Program Administrator Public Comments:
Mike Mohill
Sharon Landin
Mike Borisov
Linda Goodman Pillsbury
Marie Freeman
Jackie Gish
Robin Lee Hansen
Helen Mallory
Audry Zarokian
Jack Walworth
Owen Lewis
David Choi
Isabelle Meyer
Hans Johnson
Sean Starkey
Justin King
Thanos Gauthier
Larry Moorehouse
1. Motion Directing Staff regarding the Future of the Scholl Canyon Landfill, from one of the following options: Do not revise the City’s Wasteshed Ordinance and allow the Landfill to close upon reaching capacity, currently estimated in December 2025; Revise the City’s Wasteshed Ordinance to exclude all current users of the Landfill except for Glendale, which means the Landfill will continue operating until approximately June 2030; Revise the City’s Wasteshed Ordinance to exclude the City of Pasadena and continue allowing all other current users of the Landfill, which means the Landfill will continue operating until approximately July 2028; or Revise the City’s Wasteshed Ordinance to exclude all current users of the Landfill except for Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
12 of 300
09 13 22
CC
6 Glendale and Pasadena, which means the Landfill will continue operating until approximately June 2026
Moved: Asatryan Seconded: Brotman
2. Motion Directing Staff Regarding Scholl Canyon Landfill operations Moved: Devine Seconded: Brotman
c. Public Works, re: Solid Waste Collection Rates and Commencement of Proposition 218 Notice and Public Hearing Process for the Purpose of Adopting New Solid Waste Collection Rates for Single-Family and Small Multi-Family Customers Staff Comments:
Roubik Golanian, City Manager
Yazdan Emrani, Director of PW
Presenting:
Daniel Hardgrove, Assistant Director of Public Works
Public Comment:
Monica Campagna
1. Motion authorizing staff to commence the Proposition 218 Notice and Public Hearing Process for the purpose of adopting new solid waste collection rates for single-family and small multi-family customers
Moved: Najarian Seconded: Devine
9. HEARINGS
10. REPORTS - INFORMATION
11. WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONS
12. ORAL COMMUNICATIONS
Discussion is Limited to Items NOT a Part of this Agenda. Each Speaker is Allowed 5 minutes. Council May Question or Respond to The Speaker But There Will be no Debate or Decision. The City Manager May Refer the Matter to the Appropriate Department for Investigation and Report.
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
13 of 300
09 13 22
CC
7 13. NEW BUSINESS
Staff Comments:
Roubik Golanian, City Manager
Ara Zakarian, Fire Captain Paramedic
a. Motion to appoint Timothy Ernst as the Fire Chief of the City of Glendale, effective September 19, 2022
Moved: Najarian Seconded: Brotman
14. ADJOURNMENT – 9:54 p.m.
Moved: Najarian Seconded: Brotman
Mayor of the City of Glendale
City Clerk of the City of Glendale
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
14 of 300
08 23 22
CC
1 4A
M I N U T E S
GLENDALE CITY COUNCIL
COUNCIL CHAMBERS
613 E. Broadway, 2nd Floor Glendale, CA 91206
AUGUST 23, 2022
ROLL CALL – Absent: Najarian
1. CLOSED SESSION – 3:07 p.m.
a. Conference with Legal Counsel – Pending Litigation: Vardanyan, et al. v. City of Glendale, et al., L.A.S.C. Case No. 22STCV10992
b. Conference with Legal Counsel – Pending Litigation: Direct Shopping Network, LLC v. City of Glendale, L.A.S.C. Case No. 20STCV49351
c. Conference with Legal Counsel – Pending Litigation: Glenoaks Canyon Homeowners Association v. City of Glendale, L.A.S.C. Case No. 22STCP0011 d. Conference with Legal Counsel – Pending Litigation: Suarez v. City of Glendale, L.A.S.C. Case No. 21STCV10222
e. Conference with Legal Counsel – Pending Litigation: Sahakyan v. City of Glendale:
20STCV10204.
f. Public Employee Appointment – Fire Chief
g. Public Employee Appointment – Principal Assistant City Attorney h. Public Employment - Attorneys
i. Conference with Legal Counsel – Anticipated Litigation: Significant exposure litigation pursuant to paragraph subdivisions (d)(2) and (e)(2) of Section 54956.9:
One (1) potential case
j. Conference with Labor Negotiators. The City-designated negotiators attending the closed session are: Roubik Golanian, Michael J. Garcia, John Takhtalian, Paula Adams, Aymee Martin, Jason Bradford, Carl Povilaitis, and Laura Kalty. The name of the employee organization is: Glendale Management Association City Attorney Mike Garcia indicated that action is anticipated on items 1g and 1h. Council recessed to Closed Session at 3:09 p.m.
2. REGULAR BUSINESS AGENDA – 6:04 PM
Roll Call – All Present
a. Flag Salute: Mayor Kassakhian
b. Invocation: Suzie Abajian, City Clerk
c. Report of City Clerk, re: Posting of Agenda. The Agenda for the August 23, 2022 Regular Meeting of the Glendale City Council was Posted on August 17, 2022 on the Bulletin Board Outside City Hall.
3. PRESENTATIONS AND APPOINTMENTS
a. Agenda Preview for the Meetings of Tuesday, August 30, 2022 Regular meetings of August 30 and September 6 are cancelled and will resume on September 13, 2022.
4. CONSENT ITEMS (Including Minutes)
The following are Routine and May be Acted Upon by One Motion. Any Member of Council or the Audience Requesting Separate Consideration May do so by Making Such Request Before Motion is Proposed.
15 of 300
08 23 22
CC
2 Item 4a will be brought back at a later time.
a. City Clerk, re: Minutes of the Regular City Council meeting of August 9, 2022 and August 16, 2022 and the Special City Council meeting of August 9, 2022 b. Management Services, re: 2022 League of California Cities Annual Conference
1. Motion to Designate Mayor Kassakhian as the Voting Delegate and Councilmember Asatryan as the Voting Alternate for the League of California Cities Annual Conference to be held September 7-9, 2022, in Long Beach Moved: Devine Seconded: Asatryan
5. CITY COUNCIL/STAFF COMMENTS
Councilmember Najarian stated he will wait to appoint his commissioners until council takes action on the issue of term limits for boards and commissions.
Councilmember Asatryan nominated Alex Fay for the GWP Commission, Lilya Avagyan for the Transportation and Parking Commission, and Cole Bazemore for the Sustainability Commission. Asatryan requested that the City Council’s decision on item 9a of the City Council agenda on November 30, 2021 (certifying the final EIR and approving the mitigation monitoring and reporting program, conditional use permit and the special recreational permit for the Scholl bio gasoline renewable generation project) be agendized for rescinding those approvals. Kassakhian seconded.
Councilmember Brotman read a statement regarding his decision on the Grayson Repowering Project during the previous council meeting.
During Mayor Kassakhian’s biweekly office hours, several community members brought to his attention an issue regarding littering with cigarette butts across the city and specifically in areas such as Kenneth Village. He asked for a memo or an update to city council regarding the enforcement of the clean air ordinance. Kassakhian asked staff to look into maintaining the empty newsstands to keep the city as clean and orderly as possible.
City Manager Roubik Golanian announced the launching of a new land management system to assist with the inquiries, complaints and issues with the city’s permitting process. Asst.
Director Bradley Calvert provided a presentation.
6. COMMUNITY EVENT ANNOUNCEMENTS (3-Minutes)
Arlene Vidor
Michael Matsuda
Joey
Valentine
Kassakhian asked staff to provide a report for the Los Angeles Residential Recycled Water Fill Station Program and the possibility of starting our own program for the residents of Glendale.
Devine seconded.
7. ADOPTION OF ORDINANCES
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
16 of 300
08 23 22
CC
3 8. ACTION ITEMS
a. Management Services, re: Consideration of Establishing a Sister City Relationship with the City of Martuni in the Republic of Artsakh
Presenting:
Christine Powers, Sr. Executive Analyst
Public Comments:
Edward Barsoumian
Tony Ordoukhanian
Preny Alaverdian
Mike Mohill
Ani Gharibian
1. Resolution 22-129 Establishing a Glendale Sister City Program with the City of Martuni in the Republic of Artsakh
Moved: Devine Seconded: Najarian
b. Public Works, re: Brand Boulevard Complete Streets Demonstration Project Staff Comments:
Roubik Golanian, City Manager
Sarkis Oganesyan, Deputy Director of PW
Pastor Casanova, Principal Traffic Engineer
Presenting:
Yazdan Emrani, Director of PW
Carlos Velasquez, KOA
Public Comments:
Alek Bartrosouf
Cole Bazemore
Hannah Maximova
Mike Borisov
Lisa Kuta
Carrie Fields
Valentine
Eli Lester
Mike Mohill
Kristen Blod
Ani Gharibian
Von Bedikian
1. Motion recommending a quick-build alternative for the Brand Boulevard Complete Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
17 of 300
08 23 22
CC
4 Streets Demonstration Project
Moved: Asatryan Seconded: Brotman
c. Police Department, re: Allocation from the Board of State and Community Corrections, Request to Accept the Disbursement of $1,000,000 as Approved by the Amended Budget Act of 2021
Staff Comment:
Alex Krikorian, Police Lt.
1. Motion to accept the disbursement of $1,000,000 as approved by the amended Budget Act of 2021 that is to be allocated by the Board of State and Community Corrections
Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine
2. Resolution 22-130 of Appropriation in the amount of $1,000,000 Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine
d. Police Department, re: BJA FY22 Byrne Discretionary Grants Program Staff Comment:
Catherine Nguyen, Laboratory Director
1. Motion authorizing acceptance of the BJA 2022 Byrne Discretionary Grants Program funds in the amount of $700,000 and authorizing the City Manager or designee to execute the necessary agreements, certification, and other documents required to accept the Grant
Moved: Devine Seconded: Brotman
2. Resolution 22-131 to appropriate $700,000 in BJA 2022 Byrne Discretionary Grants Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
18 of 300
08 23 22
CC
5 Program funds
Moved: Devine Seconded: Brotman
3. Resolution 22-132 to dispense with competitive bidding and authorize the Deputy Director of Finance – Purchasing to issue a purchase order agreement with West Technology Forensics, Inc. in the amount of $211,480
Moved: Devine Seconded: Brotman
4. Resolution 22-133 to dispense with competitive bidding and authorize the Deputy Director of Finance – Purchasing to issue purchase order agreements with Life Technologies in the amount of $2,500,000 and with QIAGEN, Inc. in the amount of $400,000 over 5 years
Moved: Devine Seconded: Brotman
e. Community Development, re: Resolution to Accept State of California Grant in the amount of $8 Million for Rockhaven
Staff Comments:
Roubik Golanian, City Manager
Kevin Todd, Assistant Director of Public Works
Mike Garcia, City Attorney
Presenting:
Bradley Calvert, Asst. Director of CDD
Public Comments:
Barbara Knighton
Joanna Linkchorst
1. Resolution 22-134 authorizing the Director of Community Development or designee Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
19 of 300
08 23 22
CC
6 to execute Grant Agreement GF2104-0 with the California Natural Resources Agency for Rockhaven Sanitarium in the amount of $8 million
Moved: Devine Seconded: Brotman
2. Resolution 22-135 of Appropriation in the amount of $8 million Moved: Devine Seconded: Brotman
3. Motion directing staff to install super heavy duty vinyl tarps at the eleven Rockhaven structures
f. Community Development, re: Recommendations to Modify and Improve the Zoning Code and Entitlement Review Processes
Staff Comments:
Roubik Golanian, City Manager
Mike Garcia, City Attorney
Kristen Asp, Principal Planner
Presenting:
Bradley Calvert, Asst. Director of CDD
Public Comments:
Edward Azizian
Yervand Grigoryan
Cathy Jurca
Aren T
Valentine
Carrie Fields
Lisa Morrison
1. Motion Initiating Amendments to the Zoning Code to Address Improvements to the Design Review and Entitlement Process
Motion to eliminate the 4/5/6 rule pertaining to interior setbacks in residential zone, allow continuance of non-conforming design to allow replacements, when like-for-like in regards to material, design and dimensions are maintained, modify the code to eliminate the parking requirements for auto inventory for vehicle dealerships, and allow of concurrent review of design review, planning entitlements and building permit applications Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
20 of 300
08 23 22
CC
7 Motion to allow larger additions to occur with non-conforming garages Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine
Motion to review, with community input, the DRB process to improve efficiencies and provide more certainty to applicants and community members, including but not limited to a review of Design Review Board meetings and recommendations Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine
Motion to modify the existing requirement for design review for building improvements visible from the street to make such requirement inapplicable to improvements to the rear 50 percent of an existing building and allow a second story addition at the rear 50 percent of a building through Administrative Design Review, provided the proposed addition is consistent in façade and style of the existing building and is not deemed historic or a historic contributor
Moved: Asatryan Seconded: Devine
2. Motion to Note and File
9. HEARINGS
10. REPORTS - INFORMATION
11. WRITTEN COMMUNICATIONS
12. ORAL COMMUNICATIONS
Discussion is Limited to Items NOT a Part of this Agenda. Each Speaker is Allowed 5 minutes. Council May Question or Respond to The Speaker But There Will be no Debate or Decision. The City Manager May Refer the Matter to the Appropriate Department for Investigation and Report.
Ramella Eraghi
Kassakhian asked staff to write a letter of support for an initiative by Congressman Adam Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Kassakhian
Najarian
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Kassakhian
Najarian
None
None
21 of 300
08 23 22
CC
8 Schiff’s office to rename the Glendale Central Post Office after Paul Ignatius, a retired government official. Najarian seconded.
13. NEW BUSINESS
a. Motion to appoint Edward Kang as Principal Assistant City Attorney for the City of Glendale
Moved: Najarian Seconded: Devine
b. Motion to enter into a retainer agreement to utilize the legal services of Greines Martin Stein & Richland (Timothy Coates) to represent the City in the appeal of Levon Sahakyan, et al. v. City of Glendale, Los Angeles Superior Court Case No. 20STCV29677 and Second Appellate District Case No. B319602 and to incur all necessary expenses in connection therewith
Moved: Devine Seconded: Najarian
14. ADJOURNMENT – 11:21 p.m.
Moved: Devine Seconded: Najarian
Mayor of the City of Glendale
City Clerk of the City of Glendale
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
22 of 300
09 13 22
SP CC
1 4A
M I N U T E S
SPECIAL MEETING: GLENDALE CITY COUNCIL
COUNCIL CHAMBERS
613 E. Broadway, 2nd Floor
Glendale, CA 91206
SEPTEMBER 13, 2022
The Special Public Meeting of the Glendale City Council convened in the City Hall Council Chambers, in said City, at 1:10 p.m. on the above date, pursuant to a call for such meeting signed by the City Clerk of the City Council, and on file with the City Clerk, a copy of which is as follows:
September 7, 2022
Date
A SPECIAL PUBLIC MEETING of the City Council is hereby called to meet at 3:00 PM on Tuesday, September 13, 2022, in the Council Chamber, 613 E. Broadway, 2nd Floor, Glendale, CA 91206 to consider the following item(s) of business, to wit;
1. Community Development, re: Update on the Tropico Transit Oriented District (TOD) and Presentation of the Draft Tropico Design and Development Standards a. Motion to receive report and provide direction on the proposed zoning text and map amendments for the Tropico Transit Oriented District (TOD)
2. Community Development, re: Presentation of Results of Hotel Study Related to Hotel Moratorium and Direction on Code/DSP Amendments and/or Extension of Hotel Moratorium for an Additional One-Year Period
a. Motion to Note and File Report
b. Motion Providing Direction and Initiating Zoning Code and/or DSP Amendments Related to Hotel Uses in the DSP
c. Motion Directing Staff to Return with Ordinance for Introduction Extending Ordinance No. 5978 for an Additional One-Year Period
3. Management Services, re: Reach Code - Building Electrification a. Motion providing direction on options to be included in a reach code for Building Electrification, Photovoltaic (PV) and Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging to amend Title 24 of the California Building Code or adopt an amendment to the Glendale Municipal Code
Written Notice of said meeting was given, which Notice consisted of a copy of the foregoing Call, and was served on each Member of the Council not joining in the Call, and upon the in said City not less than 24 hours before the time fixed in said Call for said meeting, as follows:
Upon Elen Asatryan at 5:00 p.m. September 7, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Dan Brotman at 5:00 p.m. September 7, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Paula Devine at 5:00 p.m. September 7, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Ara Najarian at 5:00 p.m. September 7, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Ardy Kassakhian at 5:00 p.m. September 7, 2022 Glendale, CA Mayor Kassakhian called the meeting to order at 1:10 p.m. 23 of 300
09 13 22
SP CC
2 ROLL CALL
- All Present
- Report of the City Clerk of the City Council, re: Posting of Agenda. The Agenda for the Tuesday, September 13, 2022 Special Public Meeting of the City Council was posted on September 7, 2022 on the Bulletin Board Outside City Hall.
1. Community Development, re: Update on the Tropico Transit Oriented District (TOD) and Presentation of the Draft Tropico Design and Development Standards Staff Comments:
Roubik Golanian, City Manager
Bradley Calvert, Asst. Director of CD
Yvette Neukian, Principal Assistant City Attorney
Mike Garcia, City Attorney
Presenting:
Vilia Zemaitaitis, Principal Planner
a. Motion to receive report and provide direction on the proposed zoning text and map amendments for the Tropico Transit Oriented District (TOD) Moved: Brotman Seconded: Asatryan
2. Community Development, re: Presentation of Results of Hotel Study Related to Hotel Moratorium and Direction on Code/DSP Amendments and/or Extension of Hotel Moratorium for an Additional One-Year Period
Staff Comments:
Roubik Golanian, City Manager
City Manager, City Attorney
Presenting:
Bradley Calvert, Asst. Director of CD
Public Comments:
Charlie Carnow, Unite Here Local 11
a. Motion to Note and File Report
b. Motion Providing Direction and Initiating Zoning Code and/or DSP Amendments Related to Hotel Uses in the DSP
Moved: Devine Seconded: Brotman
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
24 of 300
09 13 22
SP CC
3 c. Motion Directing Staff to Return with Ordinance for Introduction Extending Ordinance No. 5978 for an Additional One-Year Period
Moved: Devine Seconded: Najarian
3. Management Services, re: Reach Code - Building Electrification Staff Comments:
Roubik Golanian, City Manager
Mark Young, General Manager of GWP
Mike Garcia, City Attorney
Presenting:
David Jones, Sustainability Officer
Ryan Gardner, Rincon Consultants
Daniel Scorza, Chief Assistant General Manager – Electric Public Comments:
Suyama Bodhinayake
Kimberly Orbe
Michael Rochmes
Jacky Eco
Kate Unger
Simone Barth
Catherine Jurca
a. Motion providing direction on options to be included in a reach code for Building Electrification, Photovoltaic (PV) and Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging to amend Title 24 of the California Building Code or adopt an amendment to the Glendale Municipal Code
Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine
Adjournment – 4:36 p.m.
Moved: Devine Seconded: Brotman
Mayor of the City of Glendale
City Clerk of the City of Glendale
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
25 of 300
08 09 22
CC HA 1 4A
M I N U T E S
JOINT MEETING: GLENDALE CITY COUNCIL AND GLENDALE
HOUSING AUTHORITY COUNCIL CHAMBERS
613 E. Broadway, 2nd Floor
Glendale, CA 91206
AUGUST 9, 2022
The Joint Meeting of the Glendale City Council and Glendale Housing Authority convened in the City Hal Council Chambers, in said City, at 2:04 p.m. on the above date, pursuant to a call for such meeting signed by the City Clerk of the City Council, and on file with the City Clerk, a copy of which is as follows:
August 3, 2022
Date
A JOINT PUBLIC MEETING of the City Council and Housing Authority is hereby called to meet at 3:00 PM on Tuesday, August 9, 2022, in the Council Chamber, 613 E.
Broadway, 2nd Floor, Glendale, CA 91206 to Consider the Following Item(s) of Business, to wit;
1. Community Development, re: Acquisition of 426 Piedmont Avenue and 507 Naranja Drive for the Purpose of Developing Affordable Housing a. Resolution of Appropriation in the amount of $12M
b. Housing Authority Resolution to Authorize the Executive Director to Execute a Purchase and Sale Agreement with Berg Senior Services, LLC c. Housing Authority Motion Authorizing a Streamlined RFQ Process for Developer Selection
Written Notice of said meeting was given, which Notice consisted of a copy of the foregoing Call, and was served on each Member of the Council not joining in the Call, and upon the in said City not less than 24 hours before the time fixed in said Call for said meeting, as follows:
Upon Robert Adjinian at 5:00 p.m. August 3, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Elen Asatryan at 5:00 p.m. August 3, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Dan Brotman at 5:00 p.m. August 3, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Paula Devine at 5:00 p.m. August 3, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Ara Najarian at 5:00 p.m. August 3, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Laura Parazian at 5:00 p.m. August 3, 2022 Glendale, CA Upon Ardy Kassakhian at 5:00 p.m. August 3, 2022 Glendale, CA Mayor Kassakhian called the meeting to order at 2:04 p.m.
ROLL CALL
- Absent: Adjinian, Parazian
- Report of the City Clerk of the City Council and Housing Authority, re: Posting of Agenda. The Agenda for the Tuesday, August 9, 2022 joint public meeting of the City Council and Housing Authority was posted on August 3, 2022 on the Bulletin Board outside City Hall.
26 of 300
08 09 22
CC HA 2
1. Community Development, re: Acquisition of 426 Piedmont Avenue and 507 Naranja Drive for the Purpose of Developing Affordable Housing Staff Comment:
Roubik Golanian, City Manager
Presenting:
Mike Fortney, Principal Housing Project Manager
Public Comment:
Mike Mohill
a. Council Resolution 22-115 of Appropriation in the amount of $12M Moved: Brotman Seconded: Devine
Vote as Follows
b. Housing Authority Resolution H-526 to Authorize the Executive Director to Execute a Purchase and Sale Agreement with Berg Senior Services, LLC Moved: Devine Seconded: Najarian
Vote as Follows
c. Housing Authority Motion Authorizing a Streamlined RFQ Process for Developer Selection
Moved: Kassakhian Seconded: Asatryan
Vote as Follows
ADJOURNMENT – 2:34 p.m.
- City Council
Moved: Devine Seconded: Najarian
- Housing Authority
Moved: Najarian Seconded: Devine
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Brotman, Devine, Najarian, Kassakhian
None
None
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Devine, Kassakhian, Najarian, Brotman
None
Adjinian, Parazian
None
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
Asatryan, Devine, Kassakhian, Najarian, Brotman
None
Parazian, Adjinian
None
27 of 300
08 09 22
CC HA 3
Mayor of the City of Glendale
City Clerk of the City of Glendale
Chair of the Glendale Housing Authority
Clerk of the Glendale Housing Authority
28 of 300
4b
CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA
REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA ITEM
Report: Glendale Water and Power (GWP) Power Source Disclosure Report for Calendar Year 2021.
1. Motion to Note and File the GWP Power Source Disclosure Report for Calendar Year 2021
COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Consent Calendar
Approved for September 20, 2022 Calendar
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Annually, the City Council is asked to note and file the Power Source Disclosure (PSD) Report and associated Power Content Label (PCL) produced under the California Energy Commission’s Power Source Disclosure program. The PCL provides a detailed view into GWP’s sources of power supply that serves its customers and how it compares to California’s “grid average” power mix. Inventoried and independently verified, GWP produces a PCL to enhance the transparency of its power supply portfolio in an easy to understand format. The PCL is released each fall for the prior calendar year and presented to City Council.
COUNCIL PRIORITIES
Environmental Stewardship: GWP is continuously working towards providing costeffective and sustainable energy to its commercial, business, and residential customers to meet the renewable and clean energy procurement and emission reduction goals.
RECOMMENDATION
Note and file this GWP Power Source Disclosure Report and associated Power Content Label for Calendar Year 2021.
BACKGROUND
The Power Source Disclosure (PSD) program, as established through Senate Bill No. 1305 and Assembly Bill 162 requires electricity retail suppliers in California to annually disclose the sources of the electricity sold to consumers using a format developed by the California Energy Commission (CEC), referred to as the Power Content Label (PCL).
29 of 300
2 b 4
Under the PSD program, GWP is required to:
1) submit, to the CEC, an annual Power Source Disclosure (PSD) report detailing all the specified and unspecified sources of power purchased and sold that served retail customers, by facility name, fuel type (i.e. Natural Gas, Geothermal, Hydro, Solar, etc.), and corresponding GHG Emissions by June 1st. 2) make the Power Content Label (PCL) available to GWP consumers that discloses the fuel mix and GHG Emissions intensity data by October 1st. 3) submit, to the CEC, a report prepared by an auditor and attestation of the veracity of the PSD and PCL reports by the City Council by September 30th.
ANALYSIS
The Annual Power Source Disclosure report and associated Power Content Label is prepared using the same Open Access Technology International (OATI) electronic tagging information (e-tags), metered generation, and load data that is obtained by GWP staff for financial settlements. The data collected is also used for Renewable Portfolio Standard (RPS) and Greenhouse Gas (GHG) tracking and reporting purposes.
On June 1, 2022, GWP staff submitted the annual PSD report for calendar year 2021 to the CEC. A revised PSD report (Exhibit A) was re-submitted to the CEC on August 3, 2022 to account for retired unbundled RECS.
The 2021 annual PSD and PCL reports have been verified by an independent auditor for accuracy and completeness, and it was concluded that all procedures were performed in accordance with the regulation.
Glendale’s 2021 Power Content Label
Percentages are provided annually by the CEC based on the electricity sold to California consumers during the identified year. The City of Glendale 2021 PCL will be posted on the GWP website and mailed to each utility customer, as bill inserts, by October 1, 2022.
30 of 300
3 b 4
1 The eligible renewable percentage above does not reflect Renewable Portfolio Standard compliance, which is determined using a separate methodology.
2 Unspecified power is electricity that has been purchased through open market transactions and is not traceable to a specific generation source.
3 Renewable Energy Credits (RECs) are tracking instruments issued for renewable generation. Unbundled RECs represent renewable generation that was not delivered to serve retail sales. Unbundled RECs are not reflected in the power mix or GHG emissions intensities above.
In 2021, GWP’s renewable percentage is 35.3%, which is a 4.65% decline compared to the previous year. This is mainly due to the delayed commercial operation of the Star Peak Geothermal project.
2,114 unbundled RECs generated from GWP’s incentivized PV rooftop solar were retired for Renewable Portfolio Standard compliance during this reporting period, which represents 0.2% of GWP’s retail sales.
The City of Glendale continues to exceed the State of California in providing renewable and clean power to its customers. GWP anticipates an increase in percentages for geothermal and solar power as the projects come online.
CONTRACT DASHBOARDS
Not Applicable.
STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Not Applicable.
31 of 300
4 b 4
FISCAL IMPACT
Printing and distribution of the Power Content Label is estimated at $4,000. Funds for this are available in the FY 2022-23 per table below:
Amount Account String Funding Source
$4,000 43110-5820-GWP-4680-P0000-T1981-F1500 Electric Works Revenue Fund
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW
Not Applicable.
CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
Not Applicable.
ALTERNATIVES
Alternative 1: Note and file the GWP Power Source Disclosure Report for Calendar Year 2021.
Alternative 2: Consider any other alternative not proposed by staff.
ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Prepared by:
Chie Valdez, Integrated Resource Planning Administrator Howard Wong, Energy Risk Manager - GWP
Approved by:
Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager
EXHIBITS / ATTACHMENTS
Exhibit A: Annual Power Source Disclosure Report
32 of 300
M O T I O N
Moved by Council Member _________________________, seconded by Council Member ___________________________, that the report by the General Manager of Glendale Water & Power regarding Glendale Water & Power’s Power Disclosure Program Report and Power Content Label for Calendar Year 2021 is hereby noted and filed.
Vote as follows:
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
33 of 300
EXHIBIT A
34 of 300
35 of 300
36 of 300
37 of 300
38 of 300
39 of 300
40 of 300
41 of 300
42 of 300
4c
CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA
REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA ITEM
Report: Acceptance of Grant Funds for Transit and Intercity Rail Capital Program (TIRCP) grant from California State Transportation Agency (CalSTA).
1. Motion accepting $33,111,826 in Transit and Intercity Rail Program grant funds from the California State Transportation Agency and administered by Caltrans, to electrify the Beeline transit fleet including: purchasing battery electric buses and chargers, designing and constructing a parking deck with a photovoltaic canopy, installing electrification infrastructure, installing shelter and shade structures and e-ink real time bus arrival information at bus stops, installing bus technologies on all Beeline buses including CalITP contactless payment readers, funding an integration study to better connect Beeline services with the new BRT service, Metro and Metrolink/Amtrak services, and creating a Climate Mobility and Safety App to encourage transit ridership.
2. Resolution authorizing the City Manager, or his designee, to execute the Master Agreement, all Award Agreements, and all Program Supplements for State-Funded Transit Projects and any Amendments thereto with the California Department of Transportation.
COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Consent Calendar
Approved for September 20, 2022 calendar
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The City of Glendale was recently successful in securing $33,111,826 in grant funding under the TIRCP program to electrify the Beeline transit fleet, improve the rider experience, and increase ridership. In order to proceed with this program, a Motion is needed to accept these grant funds and Resolution to execute grant agreements with the California Department of Transportation.
43 of 300
2 c 4
COUNCIL PRIORITIES
Environmental Stewardship and Infrastructure: The conversion of the Beeline fleet to electric buses including electrification infrastructure will reduce greenhouse gas emissions and continue the safe, efficient, and reliable transportation services.
RECOMMENDATION
Adopt the attached motion accepting the California State Transportation Agency’s TIRCP grant award of $33,111,826 for the electrification of the Beeline transit fleet and associated projects, and adopt the attached resolution authorizing the City Manager or the Director of Public Works to execute the Master Agreement, all Award Agreements, and all Program Supplements for State-Fund Transit Projects, and any Amendments thereto with the California Department of Transportation.
BACKGROUND
Reducing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions to fight climate change is a top priority, for the City Council and the State of California. The recently completed CALSTART Transit Fleet Electrification Feasibility Study for the Arroyo Verdugo Transit Operators cited a substantial reduction of GHG emissions that would result from a full transition to a zeroemission Beeline fleet. The study also revealed that the benefits come with substantial costs including building a parking deck above the Beeline Bus Maintenance facility bus parking area that will allow sufficient space for the charging equipment and the cost of battery-electric buses, Glendale's preferred path. In addition, the Beeline fleet is required by the California Air Resources Board’s (CARB) Innovative Clean Transit regulation to be fully zero-emission by 2035.
CalSTA provides grants from the Greenhouse Gas Reduction Fund (GGRF) for transformative capital improvements that will modernize California’s intercity, commuter, and urban rail systems, and bus and ferry transit systems, to significantly reduce emissions of greenhouse gases, vehicle miles traveled, and congestion. The TIRCP provides funding for transit agencies to not only electrify their fleet but to increase ridership.
On March 3, 2022, the City of Glendale’s Public Works Department submitted a Round 5 TIRCP grant application titled Making a Beeline for Electrification - the City of Glendale and Arroyo Verdugo Communities Zoom towards Cleaner Transportation. The application requested $34.6 million to electrify the Beeline and La Canada Flintridge fleets, improve the bus rider experience, and increase ridership to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.
Using the California Air Resources Board (CARB) quantification methodology, the proposed project was estimated to reduce 653,778 Metric Tons of Carbon Dioxide Equivalent (MTCO₂e) over the useful life of the project.
CalSTA received fifty TIRCP applications for both rail and transit projects requesting $3.94 billion in funding. On July 7, 2022, CalSTA awarded $797,095,000 to twenty-three (23) projects. The amount of funding was increased from $500 million to $797 million due to the favorable cap-and-trade auctions in which TIRCP receives 10% of the auction proceeds. The City of Glendale’s application was funded for the full amount requested of 44 of 300
3 c 4
$34.6 million, $33.11 million for the City of Glendale, and $1.53 million for the City of La Canada Flintridge.
ANALYSIS
Glendale Beeline is moving towards electrification. The awarded TIRCP project funds the following elements:
Capital
• Purchase 20 battery-electric buses (BEBs),
• Build a parking deck to accommodate infrastructure for BEBs, employee parking, and a photovoltaic canopy
Rider Experience
• Installing Shelter/Shade structures at up to 400 bus stops. Major stops will have real-time bus arrival information
• Provide Cal-ITP payment readers on Glendale Beeline transit buses for an added fare payment option
• Work with Cal-ITP to provide a real-time GTFS feed available to all trip planning apps and websites
• Integrated Bus Technology system that includes Wi-Fi, stop announcements, and security cameras.
• Service integration study of Glendale Beeline services, the new LA Metro BRT, and Metrolink/Amtrak
Change Behavior
• Climate Mobility and Safety app to inform riders of GHG emissions of transit modes while utilizing gamification to encourage interaction and change travel behavior. In addition, the crowd-sourced safety module allows real-time conditions on buses to be communicated with app users
Glendale claimed Disadvantaged and Low Income Community Benefits for the proposed project. The project meets both the AB 1550 (Air Quality) and SB 535 (low-Income) definitions of a Disadvantage Community (DAC) and a Low-Income Community (LIC).
The Beeline Bus Maintenance Facility where the BEBs will be domiciled is in a DAC census tract and the Beeline service operates primarily in DAC and LIC communities.
After reviewing the mapping tool that combines the Disadvantaged Communities (SB535) and the Low-income Communities (AB 1550), the vast majority of the areas are both a DAC and LIC as shown with all census tracts scoring above 80%. Polluting industries that purchase emission credits during the State’s auctions fund Cap and Trade programs which in turn invest these funds back to vulnerable communities to improve air quality.
Glendale’s proposed project would provide a direct benefit to DACs and LICs. 45 of 300
4 c 4
STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
The TIRCP grant will reduce greenhouse gas emissions by helping with the electrification efforts of the Beeline fleet and increasing ridership. In 2019, Glendale completed a Transit Route Analysis (TRA) that reviewed the existing network of all fixed-route transit services (regardless of provider) in the Glendale, Burbank, La Canada Flintridge, and unincorporated areas of Los Angeles County – Montrose and La Crescenta. The TRA provided recommendations for Glendale Beeline service enhancements to better serve riders and potential riders. The modifications to existing routes, the increase in frequency on two routes, and a new route were recommendations from the TRA that are included in the application.
Public participation was key to preparing the TRA recommendations. A multilingual community-wide online survey was designed to invite input from the Glendale community and individuals who travel within and through Glendale.
In 2020-22, CALSTART completed the Transit Fleet Electrification Feasibility Study for the Arroyo Verdugo Transit Operators with plans for an extensive outreach effort but due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the public outreach was scaled back.
FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this item at this time. At future project stages, staff will request appropriations for the elements of the grant which will be submitted throughout the four-year TIRCP grant period and grant revenue will be received on a 46 of 300
5 c 4
reimbursement basis. The design and construction of the Parking Deck in Years 1, 2 and 3 and the procurement of the battery-electric buses in year 4. The rider experience elements of the project will be implemented in Year 1 and Year 2.
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
This item is item is considered a ministerial activity and therefore, not subject to CEQA/NEPA review.
CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.
ALTERNATIVES
Alternative 1: The City Council may elect to approve 1) a Motion for accepting the CalSTA TIRCP grant funds in the amount of $33,111,826; and 2) a Resolution authorizing the City Manager, or his designee to execute the Master Agreement, all Award Agreements, and all Program Supplements for State-Funded Transit Projects and any Amendments thereto with the Caltrans.
Alternative 2: The City Council may elect not to accept the TIRCP grant funding for electrifying the Beeline fleet. Doing so would result in the City’s inability to reach it’s bus fleet electrification goal by 2035.
Alternative 3: The City Council may consider any other alternative not proposed by staff.
ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Prepared by:
Martha D'Andrea, Transit Manager
Approved by:
Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager
EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS
None.
47 of 300
MOTION
Moved by Council Member _______________________________________, seconded by Council Member _______________________________________, that the Council of the City of Glendale hereby authorizes the following:
1. Accepts $33,111,826 in Transit and Intercity Rail Program grant funds from the California State Transportation Agency and administered by Caltrans, to electrify the Beeline transit fleet including: purchasing battery electric buses and chargers, designing and constructing a parking deck with a photovoltaic canopy, installing electrification infrastructure, installing shelter and shade structures and e-ink real time bus arrival information at bus stops, installing bus technologies on all Beeline buses including Cal-ITP contactless payment readers, funding an integration study to better connect Beeline services with the new BRT service, Metro and Metrolink/Amtrak services.
Vote as follows:
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
City Clerk
48 of 300
Rev. Jan 10
RESOLUTION NO____________
RESOLUTION OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA PROVIDING
AUTHORIZATION FOR THE EXECUTION OF A MASTER AGREEMENT, AND PROGRAM
SUPPLEMENTS FOR STATE-FUNDED TRANSIT PROJECTS
WHEREAS, the City of Glendale may receive state funding from the California Department of Transportation (Department) now or sometime in the future for transit projects; and WHEREAS, substantial revisions were made to the programming and funding process for the transportation projects programmed in the Transit and Intercity Rail Capital Program, by Chapter 36 (SB 862) of the Statutes of 2014; and
WHEREAS, the statutes related to state-funded transit projects require a local or regional implementing agency to execute an agreement with the Department before it can be reimbursed for project expenditures; and
WHEREAS, the Department utilizes Master Agreements for State-Funded Transit Projects, along with associated Program Supplements, for the purpose of administering and reimbursing state transit funds to local agencies; and
WHEREAS, the City of Glendale wishes to delegate authorization to execute these agreements and any amendments thereto to the City Manager or his designee.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Glendale that the fund recipient agrees to comply with all conditions and requirements set forth in this agreement and applicable statutes, regulations and guidelines for all state-funded transit projects; NOW THEREFORE, BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City of Glendale City Manager or the Director of Public Works be authorized to execute the Master Agreement, all Award Agreements, and all Program Supplements for State-Funded Transit Projects and any Amendments thereto with the California Department of Transportation.
Approved and adopted the ___ day of _______2022.
_____________________________
Mayor
_____________________________________
City Clerk
STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
)
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES )
I, Suzie Abajian, Ph.D., City Clerk of the City of Glendale, certify that the foregoing resolution was adopted by the Council of the City of Glendale, California, at a regular meeting held on the _________________ day of _________________________, 2022 and that the same was adopted by the following vote:
49 of 300
Rev. Jan 10
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
____________________________
City Clerk
50 of 300
1 ORDINANCE NO. ________________
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA
AMENDING SECTIONS 30.14.060 AND 30.32.090 OF TITLE 30 OF THE GLENDALE MUNICIPAL CODE, 1995,
RELATING TO DSP SETBACK REQUIREMENTS AND EXCEPTIONS AND DRIVE-THROUGH USES IN THE DSP.
(Case No. PZC 2205401)
BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE:
SECTION 1. Section 30.14.060 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 is hereby amended to read as follows:
30.14.060 DSP setback requirements and exceptions.
A. Street Front and Street Side Setback. In the DSP zone, no person shall construct, locate or maintain within the space between a street property line and a setback line established by ordinance or by this title, any building, wall, fence or other improvement or structure with the following exceptions.
1. Street frontages. All new projects in the DSP shall provide setbacks measured from the face of the curb in compliance with the Downtown Specific Plan Section 4.1.3 Building Setbacks and specified in Table 4-B. No building, wall, fence or structure shall be constructed, located or maintained within the required setback except:
a. All those uses, structures, and appurtenant equipment permitted in Section 4.2.7.A of the Downtown Specific Plan;
b. Driveways and walks, provided that a driveway shall be limited to that area reasonably necessary to provide safe and efficient ingress to and egress from off-street parking spaces located behind a setback area; c. Eaves may project into a required setback area for a distance not to exceed thirty (30) inches;
d. Footings and public utility vaults if fully subterranean; e. Landscape accent lighting not to exceed eighteen (18) inches in height; f. Retaining walls, planters or curbs which are not more than eighteen (18) inches in height above the ground surface existing at the time of construction; 51 of 300
2 g. Subterranean parking garages may extend to the street property line including equipment, service, utility and storage areas provided such areas do not have any door, window or other opening to the outside along the street
2. Storage of material prohibited. No person shall store materials or equipment within the space between a street and a setback line established by ordinance or by this chapter, except temporarily during construction on the same premises temporarily during construction on the same premises.
B. Interior Setback. In the DSP zone, no person shall construct, locate or maintain within the space between a property line and an interior setback line established by ordinance or by this title, any building, wall, fence or other improvement or structure except:
1. General exceptions.
a. Boundary line walls.
b. Eaves may project into a required setback area for a distance not to exceed thirty (30) inches, provided they do not project closer than thirty (30) inches to an interior property line.
c. Footings and public utility vaults if fully subterranean. d. Driveways, walks and parking areas including lighting pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 30.32.
e. Railings adjacent to stairways.
f. Subterranean and semi-subterranean parking garages may extend to the interior property line including equipment, service, utility and storage areas provided such areas do not have any door, window or other opening to the outside along the interior property line.
g. Uncovered steps or landings not over four (4) feet high as measured parallel to the natural or finish ground level at the location of the construction may project into the required setback area four (4) feet for a length of fourteen (14) feet measured parallel to the building.
2. Storage prohibited. No required interior setback area shall be used to store any motor vehicle, trailer, camper, boat or parts thereof, equipment or any type of antenna except as provided for in this title. (Ord. 5836 § 8, 2014; Ord. 5541 § 14, 2006)
SECTION 2. Section 30.32.090 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 is hereby amended to read as follows:
52 of 300
3 30.32.090 Parking area design and layout standards.
A. Enclosed Parking. Required parking for residential uses, except guest parking and parking for domestic violence shelters, must be fully enclosed, except for entryways to subterranean and semi-subterranean garage and necessary ventilation for parking structures in the R-3050, R-2250, R-1650, R-1250 zones. This shall only apply in all mixed use zones where more than one (1) dwelling unit exists on a lot, and in all residential zones.
B. Width, Length and Aisle Width. Each parking space shall have a width, length and aisle width in accordance with Section 30.32.180 charts I, II, and III; provided, however, that parking spaces in excess of the number required herein or as regulated by Section 30.32.040B. (location of parking) may be tandem or vertically stacked parking spaces. Parking spaces used solely for vehicle display and storage of vehicle inventory need not follow minimum space size requirements.
Encroachment onto a required residential (R) zone parking space may be permitted to accommodate structural reinforcement, installation of pipes, vents or other similar improvements for six (6) inches of the length. This subsection shall apply only to retrofitting of existing construction. The encroachment shall not impair the overall usefulness of the parking space or parking area for its intended purpose as a parking space or area.
C. Turning Radius. The outer radius of any turning area to a required parking space into any 1 or 2 car garage shall be a minimum of twenty-five (25) feet. See Section 30.32.180 chart VII.
D. Turning Area. Turning and approach areas for more than two (2) parking spaces shall have a minimum clear dimension illustrated by the letter “D” on Section 30.32.180 charts II and III which is set out at the end of this chapter and by this reference made a part hereof, from the nearest end of a parking space to any property line, structure, obstruction or other parking space, except where such turning space abuts an alley in which case the turning space dimension may include the width of the alley.
E. Vertical Clearance. All parking spaces shall have a minimum seven (7) foot vertical clearance. The front three (3) feet of a parking space in an enclosed garage in a residential zone, however, may have a vertical clearance of four (4) feet. See Section 30.32.180 chart VIII.
F. Slope. No parking space shall exceed a slope of five (5) percent.
G. Back-Up. Direct backing into or out of a parking area to the street shall not be permitted except for parking for three (3) or fewer residential dwelling units where backing onto a street designated as a local street in the circulation element of the Glendale General Plan may be permitted. Direct backing onto any street is permitted for 53 of 300
4 properties with only one (1) single family dwelling. Direct backing into or out a parking area onto an alley is permitted.
H. Drive-Through Waiting Lane. Any drive-up or drive-through bay for in-car service shall be provided with an on-site vehicular waiting lane for each drive-up or drivethrough bay having a minimum width of nine (9) feet and a minimum length of one hundred (100) feet to two hundred (200) feet measured from the service window or area for restaurants (counter service with limited seating, fast food or full service), or a minimum length of sixty (60) feet to one hundred twenty (120) feet for uses other than restaurants (fast food or full service), as deemed appropriate by the reviewing authority.
In no event shall there be less than sixty (60) feet from the start of the lane and any ordering device. Such drive-through lane shall be a separate lane from the circulation routes and aisles necessary for ingress to or egress from the property or access to any off-street parking spaces. See Section 30.32.180 chart IX.
Drive-through waiting lanes are not permitted in the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP).
I. Gates. Parking lot and parking garage gates shall not move in a direction that interferes with on-street or pedestrian circulation.
J. Landscaping. See Section 30.32.160 for landscaping requirements.
K. Parking Structure Standards in the IND, IMU, IMU-R and SFMU Zones. For parking structure standards in the IND, IMU, IMU-R and SFMU zones, see Section 30.34.120.
SECTION 3. Severability. This ordinance is adopted under the authority of the Charter of the City of Glendale and State law. If any section, subsection, clause or phrase is declared invalid or otherwise void by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall not affect any remaining provision hereof. In this regard the City Council finds and declares that it would have adopted this measure notwithstanding any partial invalidity hereof.
SECTION 4. Development or tentative tract map applications which have been deemed complete, approved discretionary entitlements, or ministerial projects submitted to plan check prior to the adoption of this ordinance shall be reviewed under the zoning rules and regulations which were in effect on the day prior to adoption of this ordinance. The foregoing notwithstanding, any applicant may make a request in writing to the Director of Community Development that his or her application be reviewed under the zoning rules and regulations as amended by this ordinance.
54 of 300
5 Passed by the Council of the City of Glendale on the _______ day of ________, 2022. ______________________________
Mayor
Attest
___________________________________
City Clerk
STATE OF CALIFORNIA)
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES) SS.
CITY OF GLENDALE)
I, Dr. Suzie Abajian, City Clerk of the City of Glendale, California, certify that the foregoing Ordinance No. ______________ was passed by the Council of the City of Glendale, California, by a vote of four-fifths (4/5ths) of the members thereof, at a regular meeting held on the ________ day of __________, 2022 by the following vote:
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
____________________________
City Clerk
55 of 300
1 ORDINANCE NO. ________________
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA, AMENDING
DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN (DSP), REGARDING CLARIFICATIONS TO
CERTAIN URBAN DESIGN STANDARDS, AN UPDATE TO THE LAND USE
CHART TO ALLOW VETERINARY OFFICES, AND AN AMENDMENT TO REQUIRE A COVENANT FOR PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE OPEN SPACE (CASE NO.
PGPA2205740)
BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE:
SECTION 1. DSP Section 3.3 Land Uses & Permit Requirements - Land Use Chart Table 3-A-1 is hereby amended to include veterinary offices, as shown in Exhibit “A” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.
SECTION 2. DSP Chapter 4 – Urban Design, Sections 4.1.4 – Publicly Accessible Open Space, 4.1.2 – Building Heights & Floor Area Ratios, 4.2.1 – Tall Buildings, 4.2.2 – Modulation of Height, 4.2.4 – Building Separation, 4.2.5 – Transitional Massing, 4.2.12 – Corners, 4.2.14 – Balconies, are hereby amended, as shown in Exhibit “B” and incorporated herein by this reference.
SECTION 3. DSP Section 5.4.1 is hereby amended, as shown in Exhibit “C” and incorporated herein by this.
SECTION 4. Severability. This ordinance is adopted under the authority of the Charter of the City of Glendale and State law. If any section, subsection, clause or phrase is declared invalid or otherwise void by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall not affect any remaining provision hereof. In this regard the City Council finds and declares that it would have adopted this measure notwithstanding any partial invalidity hereof.
SECTION 5. Development or tentative tract map applications which have been deemed complete, approved discretionary entitlements, or ministerial projects submitted to plan check prior to the adoption of this ordinance shall be reviewed under the zoning rules and regulations which were in effect on the day prior to adoption of this ordinance. The foregoing notwithstanding, any applicant may make a request in writing to the Director of Community Development that his or her application be reviewed under the zoning rules and regulations as amended by this ordinance.
Passed by the Council of the City of Glendale on the _______ day of ________, 2022. ______________________________
Mayor
Attest
___________________________________
City Clerk
56 of 300
2 STATE OF CALIFORNIA)
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES) SS.
CITY OF GLENDALE)
I, Dr. Suzie Abajian, City Clerk of the City of Glendale, California, certify that the foregoing Ordinance No. ______________ was passed by the Council of the City of Glendale, California, by a vote of four-fifths (4/5ths) of the members thereof, at a regular meeting held on the ________ day of __________, 2022 by the following vote:
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
____________________________
City Clerk
57 of 300
Ordinance - Exhibit A
58 of 300
Ordinance - Exhibit A
59 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3-1
LAND USE
3 Downtown supports a variety of economic activities.
The land use policies build on existing strengths and add amenities, services, employment and living opportunities.
A mix of land uses is critical to support a diverse downtown climate, enhance the pedestrian quality of the street,
reduce vehicle trips, and reinforce the existing varied character of Downtown Glendale. The land use policies
encourage the clustering of certain uses as definable
districts; designate key ground floor uses; identify
opportunities to create mixed-use neighborhoods; and
increase Downtown’s supply of open space.
Ordinance - Exhibit A
60 of 300
3-2 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
3.1.1 Downtown Districts and
Complementary Land Use Options
Include many land use options to encourage
healthy urban districts with opportunities for
interaction between uses. Direct certain land
uses to specific areas to reduce potential land use
conflicts such as noise or parking demand, while
encouraging those land uses which enhance the
attractiveness and convenience of the primary
downtown land uses such as offices and residential
use.
3.1.2 The 24-Hour Downtown
Encourage appropriate land uses that extend the
life of Downtown into the evenings and weekends
so that daytime, weekend, and nighttime uses can
support each other and share parking seven days
a week. Such uses can contribute to the vitality of
the downtown area and the viability of downtown
businesses.
3.1.3 Ground Floor Commercial
Provide ground floor uses where appropriate
in order to support a pedestrian-oriented
environment in Downtown. Strategically
encourage ground floor uses that will contribute
to creation of primary and secondary pedestrian
activity streets.
3.1 LAND USE POLICIES
Ordinance - Exhibit A
61 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3-3
3.1.4 Infill Mixed-use and Residential
Provide mixed-use commercial and residential
development in designated areas of Downtown.
In addition to market rate housing, encourage
affordable and senior housing in Downtown as
part of the Community Benefit program.
3.1.5 Community Benefits
Through the use of provision of community
benefits that are consistent with the vision of
the community and the DSP, projects may reach
their full development potential, as described in
Chapter 7 - Community Benefits. These benefits
are intended to enhance the livability, contribute
to the beautification of the city, and provide
opportunity and accessibility for those that live,
visit and work in the Downtown.
Amended by Ord. No. 5685, 5923
Ordinance - Exhibit A
62 of 300
3-4 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
3.2 PERMITTED LAND USES
3.2.1 Permitted Uses by District
Downtown is divided into eleven sub-districts, as
identified in the Land Use map (Figure 3-A). Each
district or district group has its own permitted
uses described in Section 3.3
3.2.2 Ground Floor Uses
To accomplish pedestrian-oriented objectives of
the DSP, certain streets have use restrictions at
the ground floor (see Table 3-B in Section 3.3).
These use restrictions are coupled with the design
standards described by Sections 4.2 Building
Design and 4.3 The Pedestrian Realm with Ground
Floor frontage restrictions are indicated on the
Land Use map (Figure 3-A).
A. Primary Frontage Streets shall have ground
floor uses including retail, restaurants and
entertainment uses prescribed by the land
use standards. These uses are needed to
activate the street and support one another
as a destination and shopping experience.
All such streets shall be developed with
retail storefronts or arcades incorporating
features such as frequent entries and display
windows to enhance the pedestrian shopping
experience. Primary Frontage streets
are concentrated within a 5-minute walk
(approximately 1/4 mile radius) of the Brand/
Broadway intersection.
B. Entertainment Streets are established to
promote and encourage the concentration
of arts, cultural and entertainment venues
such as museums, galleries, theaters and
nightclubs. Supportive retail and restaurants
are also allowed on these streets, and therefore
entertainment streets share the similar design
standards of Primary Frontage Streets.
C. Residential Streets are located in the East
Broadway District, where landscaped setbacks
from the sidewalk are required (see Section
4.1.3). Ground floor uses may be retail,
services, office, live/work and/or residential.
Amended by Ord. No. 5726, 5865, 5923
Ordinance - Exhibit A
63 of 300
Amended by Ord. No. 5727, 5738, 5776, 5815, 5865, 5923 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3-5
LAND USE DISTRICTS
Alex Theatre
Broadway Center
Civic Centers
East Broadway
Galleria
Gateway
Maryland “Art & Entertainment” District
Mid-Orange
Orange Central
Town Center
Transitional
FIGURE 3-A
GROUND-FLOOR USES
Primary Frontage Streets
Entertainment Streets
Residential Streets
N
0 150 300 600ft
1/4 mile radius
CENTRAL
BRAND
LOUISE
COLUMBUS
WILSON
JACKSON
SR-134 FREEWAY
ISABEL
BROADWAY
COLORADO
LEXINGTON
CALIFORNIA
KENWOOD
GLENDALE
ELK
ARDEN
MONTEREY
SALEM
MYRTLE
MILFORD
PIONEER
BURCHETT
GLENOAKS
DORAN
MARYLAND
ORANGE GROVE
HARVARD
ORANGE
DORAN Downtown “Art & Entertainment”
FIGURE 3-A
LAND USE DISTRICTS
Ordinance - Exhibit A
64 of 300
3-6 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
3.3 LAND USES & PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
TABLE 3-A-1: Land Uses and Permit Requirements TABLE 3-B-1 Land Uses 1, 2 Permit Requirements by District 3
See Standards in GMC Section
Frontage
Req’mts4
Key to Permit Requirements
A = Administrative Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.49)
P = Permitted Use
C = Conditional Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.42)
T = Temporary Use
N = Use Not Allowed
Alex TheatreBroadway CenterCivic CentersEast BroadwayGalleriaGatewayDowntown “A & E”Mid-OrangeOrange-CentralTransitionalPrimary Frontage StreetsEntertainment StreetsResidential Streets Accessory Buildings, Structures and Uses
Accessory buildings and structures
(associated with residential uses) P P P P P P P P P P - N N P Accessory dwelling unit (ADU), and/or
junior accessory dwelling unit (JADU)
on a lot developed with one residential
dwelling unit
P P N P P P P P P P 30.34.080 P P P
Accessory dwelling unit(s) (ADU), and/
or junior accessory dwelling unit (JADU)
on a lot developed with more than one
residential dwelling unit
P P N P P P P P P P 30.34.080 P P P
Accessory uses P P P P P P P P P P - N N P
Antennas (pole type) and flagpoles N P P P P P P P P P - N N N Carts (freestanding, non-motorized
portable type) P P P P P P P P P P 30.34.040 P P P
Dish antennas P P P P P P P P P P 30.34.050 N N N
Home occupation P P N P P P P P P P 30.45 N N P
Home-sharing P P P P P P P P P P 5.110 N N P
Signs P P P P P P P P P P 30.33 P P P
Solar Energy Equipment P P P P P P P P P P - P P P
Education, Public Assembly Uses
Convention Centers P P P N P P P P N N - N P C
Cultural Arts Centers P P P P P P P P P P - P P P
Gyms and health clubs P P N C P P P P P C - N P P
Gyms and health clubs
(existing prior to June 1, 2003) P P N P P P P P P P - P P P Indoor recreation centers P P N C P P P P P C - N P P
Museums P P P P P P P P P P - P P P
Places of worship P P N C P P P P P C - N N P
Places of worship
(existing prior to June 1, 2003) P P N P P P P P P P - P P P Private clubs and lodges P P N C P P P P P C - N P C
Public dances P P P P P P P P P P - P P P
Schools, physical instruction P P N P P P P P P P - N P P Schools, private P P N C P P P P P C - N N P
Schools, private specialized
education / training P P N N P P P P P N - N C P
Theaters P P P N P P P P N N - N P N
Amended by Reso No. 09-37; Ord No. 5726, 5777, 5819, 5865, 5923, 5943 See Table 3-A-2, page 3-7 for Footnotes
Ordinance - Exhibit A
65 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3-7
1 See Glendale Municipal Code Section 30.03.010 regarding uses not listed 2 See Glendale Municipal Code Chapter 30.70 for definitions of the land uses 3 Uses in the Town Center District are subject to the Town Center Specific Plan 4 Frontage Requirements apply only to the first 25 feet of lot depth of the ground floor for those streets designated with Ground Floor Uses on the Land Use Map (Figure 3-A)
5 Minimum unit size is 540 square feet (for senior or affordable units), 600 square feet (for efficiency and one bedroom units), 800 square feet (for two bedroom units), 1000 square feet (for three-bedroom units) with 90 cubic feet of private storage space(for all units). Projects must comply with Diverse Housing Mix percentages, unit sizes and development standards identified in Chapter 7.3.2.
TABLE 3-A-2: Land Uses and Permit Requirements TABLE 3-B-2 Land Uses 1, 2 Permit Requirements by District 3
See Standards in GMC Section
Frontage
Req’mts4
Key to Permit Requirements
A = Administrative Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.49)
P = Permitted Use
C = Conditional Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.42)
T = Temporary Use
N = Use Not Allowed
Alex TheatreBroadway CenterCivic CentersEast BroadwayGalleriaGatewayDowntown “A & E”Mid-OrangeOrange-CentralTransitionalPrimary Frontage StreetsEntertainment StreetsResidential Streets Industrial, Manufacturing, Processing Uses
Broadcasting studios and indoor
support facilities - production P P N N P P P P P P - N N N Soundstages - production P P N N P P P P P P - N N N
Recreation
Adult Business Uses P P N N P P P P P N 30.34.010 P P P Billiard establishment P P N N P P P P P N 30.34.015 N P N Nightclubs P P N N C C P C C N 30.34.015 N P C
Taverns P P N N C A P A A C 30.34.015 P P C
Residential Uses 5
Domestic violence shelter P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Live/work units P P N P P P P P P P 30.34.090 N N P
Live / work units with conditionally
permitted uses C C N C C C C C C C 30.34.090 N N C
Mixed Use Development, provided that
all uses are permitted in zone which the
project is located
P P N P P P P P P P 30.34.100 P P P
Mixed Use Development, where at
least one use is conditionally permitted C C N C C C C C C C 30.34.100 C C C Multiple residential dwelling units P P N P P P P P P P - N N P Residential congregate living, Limited C C N C C C C C C C - N N C Residential congregate living,
Non-Medical P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Senior Housing P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Amended by Reso No. 09-37; Ord No. 5726, 5777, 5819, 5865, 5923, 5943 Ordinance - Exhibit A
66 of 300
3-8 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
TABLE 3-A-3: Land Uses and Permit Requirements TABLE 3-B-3 Land Uses 1, 2 Permit Requirements by District 3
See Standards in GMC Section
Frontage
Req’mts 4
Key to Permit Requirements
A = Administrative Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.49)
P = Permitted Use
C = Conditional Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.42)
T = Temporary Use
N = Use Not Allowed
Alex TheatreBroadway CenterCivic CentersEast BroadwayGalleriaGatewayDowntown “A & E”Mid-OrangeOrange-CentralTransitionalPrimary Frontage StreetsEntertainment StreetsResidential Streets Retail Uses
Alcoholic beverage sales A A A A A A A A A A - A A A
Alcoholic beverage sales, in Alex
Theatre, Broadway Center, Art &
Entertainment districts only
w/ Billiard Establishments P P P 30.34.015 N P N
w/ Indoor Recreation Centers P 30.34.015 N P N
w/ Nightclubs P P P 30.34.015 N P N
w/ Restaurant, full service P P P 30.34.015 P P P
w/ Taverns P P P 30.34.015 P P N
w/ Theaters P P P 30.34.015 P P N
Banquet halls C C N N C C C C C N - N C C
Christmas tree sales lots, when
maintained between Nov 1 - Jan 9 T T T T T T T T T T 5.44 T T T Firearms, weapons sales P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Hardware Stores P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Jewelry Stores P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Liquor stores A A N A A A A A A A - A A A
Nurseries and garden supplies P P N P P P P P P P - N N P Paint and wallpaper stores P P N N P P P P P P - N N P
Paint and wallpaper stores, existing
prior to June 1, 2003 P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Pharmacy P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Pumpkin sales lots, when maintained
between Oct 15 and Nov 1 T T T T T T T T T T 5.44 T T T Restaurant, counter service w/
limited seating P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Restaurant, fast food P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Restaurant, full service P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Retail stores, general merchandise P P N P P P P P P P - P P P Spas and swimming pools, sales and
service P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Supermarkets P P N P P P P P P P - C N P
See Table 3-A-4, page 3-9 for Footnotes
3.3 LAND USES & PERMIT REQUIREMENTS (cont’d)
Amended by Reso No. 09-37; Ord No. 5726, 5777, 5819, 5865, 5923, 5943 Ordinance - Exhibit A
67 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 3-9
TABLE 3-A-4: Land Uses and Permit Requirements TABLE 3-B-4 Land Uses 1, 2 Permit Requirements by District 3
See Standards in GMC Section
Frontage
Req’mts 4
Key to Permit Requirements
A = Administrative Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.49)
P = Permitted Use
C = Conditional Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.42)
T = Temporary Use
N = Use Not Allowed
W = Wireless Telecommunications Facilities
Permit (see Chapter 30.48)
Alex TheatreBroadway CenterCivic CentersEast BroadwayGalleriaGatewayDowntown “A & E”Mid-OrangeOrange-CentralTransitionalPrimary Frontage StreetsEntertainment StreetsResidential Streets Service, Office Uses
Banks and financial institutions P P N P P P P P P P - P P P Business support services P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Contractor’s office and / or storage T T T T T T T T T T - T T T Day care centers A A N A A A A A A A - N N A
Hotels and Motels P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Massage establishment C C N C C C C C C C Chapter 5.64 N N C Medical and dental laboratories P P N N P P P P P N - N N P Medical and dental offices P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Offices P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Personal services P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Pet grooming P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Repair and maintenance,
consumer products P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Veterinary offices P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Transportation, Communication Uses
Non-emergency heliports C C C N C C C C C N - N N N
Parking lot / structure facilities P P P N P P P P P N 30.34.120 N N P Utility and transmission facilities C C C C C C C C C C - N N N Wireless telecommunications facilities W W W W W W W W W W 30.48 N N N 1 See Glendale Municipal Code Section 30.03.010 regarding uses not listed 2 See Glendale Municipal Code Chapter 30.70 for definitions of the land uses 3 Uses in the Town Center District are subject to the Town Center Specific Plan 4 Frontage Requirements apply only to the first 25 feet of lot depth of the ground floor for those streets designated with Ground Floor Uses on the Land Use Map (Figure 3-A)
Amended by Reso No. 09-37; Ord No. 5293, 5726, 5746, 5865, 5869, 5923, 5943 Ordinance - Exhibit A
68 of 300
3-10 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
Ordinance - Exhibit A
69 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
Ordinance - Exhibit B
70 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
Ordinance - Exhibit B
71 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-1
Downtown Glendale has evolved in the last 50 years from a suburban main street to an urban center with a skyline. The skyline is only a part of Downtown’s urban design quality.
Distinctive districts, streets and places make Downtown a diverse and interesting destination. The urban design concepts build on the best of these characteristics while demonstrating how new development can contribute
to the desired scale, image, and pedestrian-friendliness of Downtown. This chapter includes key urban design
policies and development standards that describe how
new development will support the community’s image
and the City’s vision of sustainability for Downtown.
URBAN DESIGN
4 Ordinance - Exhibit B
72 of 300
4-2 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
A. URBAN DESIGN POLICIES
4.0.1 Downtown Character and Image
New development shall enhance the overall image of the Downtown as an enticing destination for visitors and Glendale residents.
Development should reflect the pattern of uses, height, and density envisioned by the DSP, as discussed in Chapter Two for each Downtown district.
4.0.2 Context Sensitive Design
New development shall be sensitive to existing patterns and character in Downtown. Where strong existing patterns of height, scale or use are established, new development should reinforce these patterns.
4.0.3 Historic Preservation, Rehabilitation and Adaptive Reuse Reuse and rehabilitate the existing buildings of architectural merit that reflect the spirit and historic significance of Glendale’s past and ensure that these buildings will have their place in the standards for new development.
4.0.4 Views
Protect and enhance significant public views of the Verdugo Mountains, public streets, spaces, and significant architecture, including the Alex Theater and other distinctive buildings.
4.0.5 Gateways and Entries
Use sensitive design to acknowledge or highlight the sense of entry to and/or definition of Downtown.
4.0.6 Edges and Transitions
Be sensitive to the transition between various Downtown districts and the residential neighborhoods immediately surrounding Downtown. Heights of buildings should step down toward the predominantly 1-
to 3-story development of surrounding neighborhoods, particularly in the transitional blocks at the edge of the Downtown Specific Plan area.
Amended by Ord. No. 5865, 5923
Ordinance - Exhibit B
73 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-3
4.0.7 Taller Buildings and Skyline
Create an attractive and striking skyline for the City. Taller buildings shall be concentrated within the Gateway District of the downtown, with a second, lower high-rise “hill” to the west of the existing office high-rise at Brand and Broadway. Slender residential towers may be permitted between Central and Brand linking these two “hills” in return for substantial public open space or other Community Benefit.
4.0.8 Building Heights and Downtown District Character
Building heights in Downtown should be regulated to create transitions from lower density neighborhoods surrounding Downtown, and to provide a consistent scale within various Downtown districts. While Community Benefit may permit
maximum building heights or allowable FAR, they should not produce buildings which are out of character with the surrounding neighborhoods unless the building fulfills the goals of the individual Downtown district.
4.0.9 Pedestrian and Open Space Network
New development shall enhance pedestrian activity by improving the physical attractiveness of the street and providing places for relaxation, shopping, living, and dining. The pedestrian experience is enhanced through the pedestrian framework of streets and open spaces (e.g., parks, plazas, paseos, and courtyards) that shape the pedestrian experience in Downtown and reinforce the distinct street typology.
4.0.10 Open Space
Use open space strategically to enhance and protect significant public views of the mountains and create a continuum of public and private open spaces in Downtown.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
74 of 300
Existing context, building envelope, and
the public realm.
4.1 1 Identify historic resources to be preserved or
structures to be reused (Section 4.1.1).
2 Identify maximum building height
(Section 4.1.2).
3 Determine maximum building FAR and massing
(Section 4.1.2).
4 Apply publicly accessible open space and
setback standards (Section 4.1.3 & 4.1.4).
4-4 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
B. URBAN DESIGN STANDARDS
The urban design standards are measurable
criteria that have been developed to implement
the urban design policies. These standards for
urban design reflect the type of site planning,
form, and orientation required for buildings in the
eleven downtown districts as well as criteria for
street edge conditions.
C. URBAN DESIGN FRAMEWORK
The Urban Design Framework describes the
physical vision of the downtown, and establishes
the basis for all subsequent design standards. It
consists of three main sections, each described
individually:
4.1 SITE PLANNING
• Historic Preservation/Adaptive Reuse
• Building Heights & Floor Area Ratios
• Building Setbacks
• Publicly Accessible Open Space
(details in Chapter 5)
4.2 BUILDING DESIGN
• Massing and Scale
• Transitional Massing
• Facade Modulation
• Architectural Elements
4.3 THE PEDESTRIAN REALM
• Streetscape Character & Typologies
Applied to a particular site in a linear fashion, the
Urban Design standards will give physical form to a
development project, as illustrated opposite.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
75 of 300
4.2 4.3 Articulation, modulation, materials, and
public realm interface.
Identify and apply elements of
appropriate street typology.
5 6
7 8 Apply transitional massing standards
(Section 4.2.5).
Apply building massing & modulation
standards (Section 4.2.2, 4.2.3, and 4.2.4).
Apply building frontage, facade, and material
standards (Section 4.2.7 through 4.2.23).
Apply streetscape standards and typology
(Section 4.3).
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-5
Ordinance - Exhibit B
76 of 300
4-6 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
Ordinance - Exhibit B
77 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-7
4.1 SITE PLANNING
URBAN DESIGN FRAMEWORK:
4.1.1 Historic Preservation/Adaptive Reuse
4.1.2 Building Heights & Floor Area Ratios
4.1.3 Building Setbacks
4.1.4 Publicly Accessible Open Space
Several elements influence site layout and the
overall massing of a project. This section of Chapter
4 identifies the standards of these elements that
inform how a site should be planned and how the
building volume and massing should be developed.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
78 of 300
4-8 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.1.1 HISTORIC PRESERVATION / ADAPTIVE REUSE
ABOVE: Security Trust a & Savings Bank, circa 1924 - Glendale’s first six-story building. Located at Brand & Broadway on the site of the Glendale Depot of the Los Angeles Interurban Railway (the Pacific Electric “Red Cars”).
4.1 SITE PLANNING
LEFT: The former Masonic
Temple Building built in
1928 is listed on the
Glendale Register of Historic
Resources.
BELOW: In 2016, a full
restoration and adaptive reuse
of the structure was completed.
Glendale’s older buildings are an important part of the streetscapes, contributing to the distinctive character of Downtown. Some of these are historically significant while others reflect good design practices and stylistic trends over many decades. Preservation of these assets as stand-alone projects or as part of larger development sites creates a complex and visually interesting urban fabric that expresses and retains Glendale’s identity. Historic resources (as defined in GMC Chapter 15.20) are expected to keep their existing exterior envelopes and character-defining features, though their rehabilitation for new or enhanced uses, which could include adjacent new construction, is encouraged. Reusing older, non-historic buildings is also encouraged to let our built heritage continue to tell the story of Glendale. Owners of these types of buildings can qualify for public benefit contributions as described in Chapter Seven and will comply with the following:
STANDARDS
A. Rehabilitation of historic resources, including
related adjacent new construction, shall
conform to the Secretary of the Interior’s
Standards for Rehabilitation.
B. Reuse of older buildings that are not historic
resources shall be distinguished from new
construction and shall be defined as the
reuse of the structure’s most distinguishing
architectural features and maintaining at
least 50% of the exterior walls and roof of the
existing structure.
C. High-quality materials shall be used in the
reuse of existing building exteriors in such
a way that the exterior of the building is
physically improved and that the building
complements surrounding structures. All
elevations of the building should be treated in a
consistent manner.
D. Visual access to the interiors of buildings
should be provided.
E. Unarticulated building walls in non-historic
buildings should be enhanced to mitigate their
undesirable appearance and to create visual
interest. Windows, lighting, artwork, building
materials, and other facade improvements
should be considered in achieving appropriate
architecture.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
79 of 300
FIGURE 4-A
HISTORIC STRUCTURES
Amended by Ord. No. 5815, 5865, 5923 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-9 Ordinance - Exhibit B
80 of 300
4-10 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
Each Downtown district has height and floor area criteria. In the DSP, development density is defined by the Floor Area Ratio (FAR). Provided the urban design standards are met, the maximum by-right height and FAR allowed for each district may be built. A Community Benefits program has been included as part of the DSP that allows for additional height or floor area for qualified projects providing the community benefits identified as priorities to the City’s vision. Projects participating in the Community Benefits program that provide additional public benefits, such as additional publicly accessible open space, greater diversity in housing mix, mobility improvements and public art on-site, may qualify for additional development potential up to the maximum, as discussed in Chapter 7 – Community Benefits.
TABLE 4-A: Height / FAR Limits by District
1 For exceptions to height limits for wireless telecommunications facilities, see Chapter 30.48 of the Zoning Code. 2 Properties two lots north and south of the Alex Theater are limited to a maximum of 35 feet. Those parcels on the east side of Brand Boulevard and on the west side of Brand, north of California are limited to a maximum of 50 feet. 3 Civic Centers, as sites for public facilities, are subject to civic planning efforts and public review of proposed projects, rather than Height and FAR Standards.
4 Subject to Town Center Specific Plan (TCSP).
5 FAR, or Floor Area Ratio, is a common measure of building mass, expressed as a ratio of building area to land area. For example: a 20,000 sq ft parcel assigned a FAR of 1.0 may accommodate a maximum of 20,000 sq ft of building floor area, as a 1-story building with 100% lot coverage or a 2-story building with 50% lot coverage, or a 5-story building with 20% lot coverage, or other ratio consistent with the FAR and height standards for the district. Notwithstanding Glendale Municipal Code Chapter 30.70 (Definitions), above grade parking shall not be counted towards FAR if the parking is screened or“wrapped” by active uses such as office,retail,residential or other habitable space on facades fronting public streets, paseos or parks.
6 Enclosed or screened rooftop equipment not exceeding five (5) feet in height above the roof of a building shall not be computed as part of the height of the building. Elevator shafts and roof top stairwells not exceeding fifteen (15) feet in height above the roof of a building shall not be computed as part of the height of the building. See Chapter 30.70 (Definitions).
4.1.2 BUILDING HEIGHTS & FLOOR AREA RATIOS
4.1 SITE PLANNING
Alex Theater Area A2Alex Theater Area BBroadway Center Area ABroadway Center Area BBroadway Center Area CCivic Centers 3East BroadwayGalleriaGatewayDowntown Art & EntertainmentMid-OrangeOrange CentralTown Center 4Transitional Maximum Height / FAR by Right
HEIGHT IN FEET 1, 6 35’ 65’ 95’ 185’ 245’ N/A 65’ 80’ 275’ 65’ 65’ 95’ TCSP 65’ PERMITTED FAR 5 2.00 2.00 3.00 5.20 7.00 N/A 2.00` 2.75 7.25 2.00 2.00 3.00 TCSP 2.00 Maximum Height / FAR with Community Benefit
HEIGHT IN FEET 1, 6 50’ 95’ 245’ 245’ 305’ N/A 80’ 95’ 380’ 95’ 95’ 245’ TCSP 95’ MAXIMUM FAR 2.25 3.00 5.20 7.00 7.50 N/A 2.75 3.00 7.50 3.00 3.00 5.20 TCSP 3.00 Amended by Reso. No. 09-37; Ord. No. 5293, 5746, 5777, 5865, 5923 Ordinance - Exhibit B
81 of 300
HEIGHT / FAR LIMITS
2 flrs (35’) / 2.00 FAR
3 flrs (50’) / 2.25 FAR (w/ incentives)
4 flrs (65’) / 2.50 FAR
6 flrs (95’) / 3.00 FAR (w/ incentives)
5 flrs (80’) / 2.75 FAR
6 flrs (95’) / 3.00 FAR (w/ incentives)
6 flrs (95’) / 3.00 FAR
12 flrs (185’) / 5.20 FAR (w/ incentives)
12 flrs (185’) / 5.20 FAR
16 flrs (245’) / 7.00 FAR (w/ incentives)
16 flrs (245’) / 7.00 FAR
20 flrs (305’) / 7.50 FAR (w/ incentives)
18 flrs (275’) / 7.25 FAR
25 flrs (380’) / 7.50 FAR (w/ incentives)
4 flrs (65’) / 2.50 FAR
5 flrs (80’) / 2.75 FAR (w/ incentives)
FIGURE 4-B
Refer to Table 4-A for additional information
N
0 150 300 600ft
GALLERIA
TOWN
CENTER
CIVIC CENTER
TRANSITIONAL
EAST BROADWAY
MARYLAND
B’WAY
CTR
C
B’WAY
CTR
B
B’WAY
CTR
A
ALEX
THEATRE
A
ALEX
THEATRE
MID- B
ORANGE
TRANSITIONAL
CIVIC
CENTER
CIVIC CENTER
TRANSITIONAL
ORANGE
CENTRAL
GATEWAY
CENTRAL
BRAND
LOUISE
COLUMBUS
WILSON
JACKSON
SR-134 FREEWAY
ISABEL
BROADWAY
COLORADO
LEXINGTON
CALIFORNIA
KENWOOD
GLENDALE
ELK
ARDEN
MONTEREY
SALEM
MYRTLE
MILFORD
PIONEER
BURCHETT
GLENOAKS
DORAN
MARYLAND
ORANGE GROVE
HARVARD
ORANGE
DORAN
35’ / 2.00 FAR
50’ / 2.25 FAR (w/public benefit)
65’ / 2.00 FAR
80’ / 2.75 FAR (w/public benefit)
65’ / 2.00 FAR
95’ / 3.00 FAR (w/public benefit)
275’ / 7.25 FAR
380’ / 7.50 FAR (w/public benefit)
245’ / 7.00 FAR
305’ / 7.50 FAR (w/public benefit)
185’ / 5.20 FAR
245’ / 7.00 FAR (w/public benefit)
95’ / 3.00 FAR
245’ / 5.20 FAR (w/public benefit)
80’ / 2.75 FAR
95’ / 3.00 FAR (w/public benefit)
FIGURE 4-B
HEIGHT / FAR LIMITS
Amended by Reso. No. 09-37; Ord. No. 5738, 5776, 5815, 5923 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-11 Ordinance - Exhibit B
82 of 300
4-12 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
Downtown’s image, comfort, and experience are largely determined by the proportions of the pedestrian environment, or setback. They establish a sense of enclosure and well-defined pedestrian zones that support commercial activity, vegetation, and social interaction while providing comfort and protection from vehicle traffic. Creating a comfortable and inviting pedestrian environment is essential to promote other means of transportation such as walking, and this experience is directly influenced by the relationship to adjacent buildings, sidewalk width, provision of vegetation, and urban amenities. New projects shall provide setbacks measured from the face of curb that comply with the following (see Chapter 4.3 for design standards):
4.1.3 BUILDING SETBACKS
STANDARDS
A. Overall Setbacks: There shall be a minimum
setback on the ground floor from the face of
curb to the building frontage on public streets
for all new projects (excluding alleys) as
specified in Table 4-B.
1. The setback shall include both public rightof-way and private property, depending on the existing curb-to-property line
dimensions.
2. Building projections above the ground floor
shall not extend into the public right-of
way or required sidewalk, and must comply
with the design requirements specified in
section 4.3.
B. Parkways: There shall be a minimum parkway
width measured from face of curb, as specified
in Table 4-B
C. Sidewalks: Critical for pedestrian movement
and access, sidewalks not only enhance
connectivity and promote walkability, but
also serve as public spaces to activate streets
socially and economically.
1. Width: Where the sidewalk width
requirement exceeds the width of the
public right-of-way, as noted in Table 4-B,
the development must provide a setback
to achieve the required width. If additional
area is required on private property to
satisfy the minimum requirement, an
easement shall be required.
2. Accessibility: The required sidewalk width
as defined in Table 4-B shall remain clear of
all obstructions.
ABOVE: Sidewalks must allow pedestrians to move through a clear walking zone. Street trees and other amenities are permitted in the parkway along the curb. A building adjacent zone for dining, seating or planter boxes can be accommodated against the building frontage where minimum sidewalk width has been achieved.
4.1 SITE PLANNING
D. Building Adjacent Zone: This area exists
between the sidewalk and the building facade
as specified in Table 4-B, and shall be used
for landscaping, seating, and other uses and
services as allowed by the DSP.
ABOVE: Creative parkway & sidewalk design is encouraged to create a unique and inspiring pedestrian environment.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
83 of 300
FRONTAGE
TOTAL
SETBACK
WIDTH
PARKWAY SIDEWALK
Building
Adjacent
Zone
(Average)
Primary See Brand Boulevard Streetscape Plan
Mixed-Use*
Commercial 18 ft 5 ft 10 ft minimum 3 ft
Mixed-Use
Residential 16 ft 5 ft 8 ft minimum 3 ft
Residential 15 ft 4 ft 6 ft minimum 5 ft
Entertainment See Downtown Art & Entertainment District Plan Undesignated 4 ft 6 ft minimum
TABLE 4-B: Additional Street Setback Requirements & Restrictions See Section 4.3 The Pedestrian Realm: Street Typologies for complete Standards by street type.
See Figure 4-C for Setback / Frontage Designations
* See Section 4.3.2.L for Frontage Streets.
For canopy
requirements
see section
4.2.13 For storefront
requirements
see section
4.2.9 and 4.3
For uses in
the building
adjacent zone
see section 4.3
Amended by Ord. No. 5726, 5865, 5923 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-13 Ordinance - Exhibit B
84 of 300
4.1 SITE PLANNING
Primary - See Brand Boulevard Plan
Mixed-Use Commercial
Mixed-Use Residential
Residential
Entertainment - See “A & E” Plan
* Undesignated Streets shall provide a
minimum 4-foot wide parkway and
6-foot wide sidewalk
FIGURE 4-C
SETBACKS / FRONTAGES
Mixed-Frontage
4-14 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.1 SITE PLANNING
Amended by Ord. No. 5727, 5776, 5815, 5865, 5923
Ordinance - Exhibit B
85 of 300
ABOVE: Courtyard publicly accessible open space can minimize massing scale while creating an intimate sense of enclosure. 10%
Publicly
Accessible
Open Space
ABOVE: Corner publicly accessible open space can create a sense of arrival and acknowledge important intersections. 10%
Publicly
Accessible
Open Space
10%
Residential
Open Space
10%
Residential
Open Space
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-15
4.1.4 PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE OPEN SPACE
Open space in an urban environment is essential to quality of life and to offer respite from the urban environment. Courtyards, plazas, and paseos create opportunities for gathering, events, and social engagement; and also encourages a vibrant street life. A robust network of open space integrated with the public right-of-way and other parks offers a variety of spaces to satisfy the needs and interests of a diverse urban population. All publicly accessible open space shall conform to the following standards (see Chapter 5 for design details):
STANDARDS
A. Publicly accessible open space shall make up the
minimum amount and dimensions as defined
in Chapter 5, Table 5-A. Any project that
seeks to develop beyond the by-right FAR and
pursue the maximum development potential
(Table 4-A) shall refer to Chapter 7, Table 7-A
for additionally required amount of publicly
accessible open space.
B. Publicly accessible open space shall comply with
the detailed standards outlined in Chapter 5.
C. All required publicly accessible open space shall
be 100% open to the sky, except as defined in
Chapter 5.
D. Publicly accessible open space shall be oriented
to the street on at least one side, and accessible
from the public right-of-way.
E. Applicants will be required to enter into a
statutory development agreement or covenant
with the City, specifying that that any required
publicly accessible open space area shall comply
with the intent and standards of the open space
regulations.
ABOVE: Flexible spaces for gathering, as well as urban amenities such as pavilions can be attractive spaces for a diverse range of uses.
ABOVE: High quality materials, programmable spaces, and unique design can create an attractive and unique publicly accessible open space.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
86 of 300
4-16 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
Ordinance - Exhibit B
87 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-17
4.2 BUILDING DESIGN
URBAN DESIGN FRAMEWORK:
Building design influences the perception of mass,
the overall aesthetic quality, visual interest, and a
building’s relationship to the public realm. This
section of Chapter 4 defines the elements that are
most important in creating a visually stunning urban
environment and a unique pedestrian experience.
4.2.1 4.2.2
4.2.3 4.2.4
4.2.5 4.2.6
4.2.7 4.2.8
4.2.9 4.2.10
4.2.11 4.2.12
4.2.13 4.2.14
4.2.15 4.2.16
4.2.17 4.2.18
4.2.19 4.2.20
4.2.21 4.2.22
4.2.23 Massing & Scale: Tall Buildings
Massing & Scale: Modulation of Height
Massing & Scale: Facade Modulation
Massing & Scale: Building Separations
Massing & Scale: Transitional Massing
Massing & Scale: Landmark Architectural Features
Architectural Elements: Facade Design
Architectural Elements: Materials
Architectural Elements: Storefronts
Architectural Elements: Building Entries & Lobbies
Architectural Elements: Stoops & Ground Level Entries
Architectural Elements: Corners
Architectural Elements: Canopies
Architectural Elements: Balconies
Architectural Elements: Fenestration
Architectural Elements: Fences, Walls & Gates
Architectural Elements: Planters
Architectural Elements: Arcades
Architectural Elements: Porte-Cocheres
Architectural Elements: Garage Entries
Architectural Elements: Utilities
Architectural Elements: Lighting
Architectural Elements: Signage
Ordinance - Exhibit B
88 of 300
4-18 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
STANDARDS
A. Buildings above 95 feet shall be tall, slender
towers which enhance the skyline without
blocking significant views from other buildings.
B. The bulk of buildings shall be reduced
through the articulation of building massing
and building facades.
C. Building floorplates above a 200-foot height
shall be reduced in area by 15%.
D. High-rise facades shall provide a substantial
modulation or change of materials every 150
feet in length.
E. View opportunities shall be integrated into the
massing of new development at appropriate
locations.
F. Lighting shall be designed to consider safety
and to reduce glare.
G. To improve the consistency of scale on the
streets, new buildings shall respond to the
scale and placement of design features of
earlier buildings adjacent to them. Such design
features include but are not limited to cornice
lines, colonnades, fenestration, and materials.
H. Where the new building facade is further set
back from the street than the existing adjacent
buildings, the connection between new
construction and adjacent buildings should be
designed to minimize dark corners and blank
walls and create a continuous, attractive,
pedestrian environment.
I. Rooftop design shall prevent unsightly rooftops
as viewed from above, either by screening
mechanical systems from view, creating a
significant top or landmark, or designing the
roof for use.
4.2.1 MASSING & SCALE: TALL BUILDINGS
1. High-rise towers shall be relatively slender.
2. High-rise massing shall be divided to reduce overall bulk and step graciously down towards lower adjacent structures.
3. Primary building entrances shall be clearly marked.
4. Cornice lines shall be consistent where new buildings meet existing structures.
5. New buildings shall maintain key views.
6. A building’s top shall be delineated with a change of detail and meet the sky with a thinner form, or tapered overhang.
7. Curtain walls shall be designed with detail and texture, while employing the highest quality materials.
High-rise buildings can create a dynamic and visually interesting skyline. Well-designed taller buildings can also create civic pride and serve as a landmark in the urban fabric. Additionally, taller and narrower buildings can create opportunities for additional open space at the street level. This section applies to all developments greater than 95 feet in height.
4.2 Building Design
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 3
4 Ordinance - Exhibit B
89 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-19
UPPER RIGHT: High-rise curtain walls shall be designed with the highest quality materials and some texture and surface relief from the glass plane to provide scale and visual interest from either adjacent towers and or as viewed from a distance.
UPPER LEFT: Towers shall be significantly separated from each other to provide light, air and views between them. Where new buildings are adjacent to smaller or historic structures, their cornice lines and other facade elements shall be aligned.
L. New development shall step down to a scale
similar to adjacent low-rise residential uses.
M. Street-facing high-rise facades greater than
150 feet in width shall be stepped back by
a minimum of 20 feet at or above 60 feet in
height from grade. Bland or utilitarian facades
are undesirable.
N. Existing views of the mountains and other
local landmarks from nearby buildings shall be
preserved wherever feasible.
ABOVE: Towers shall taper as they reach skyward and assume forms that represent the most slender and elegant addition to Glendale’s downtown skyline.
J. Design of new construction shall intend to
establish landmark buildings. Massing, facade
articulation, quality of building materials,
signage, lighting, building projections (e.g.,
towers), and other architectural features
shall be considered in establishing a landmark
building.
K. Projects built adjacent to historic structures
that are smaller in scale shall step down at the
street wall to align with the existing cornice.
LEFT: High-rises and large buildings shall have a lower story base of an appropriate scale that steps down toward the street. The main entrance shall be clearly marked with an architectural canopy or other scaling element.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
90 of 300
ABOVE: A.1. Roofline height modulation
Min. 10’ Min. 10’
Max. 150’
4-20 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.2.2 MASSING & SCALE: MODULATION OF HEIGHT
4.2 Building Design
Modulation of rooflines can add visual interest to the skyline, while reducing the scale of large building masses. Modulation can also minimize the “canyon” effect along streets while creating visual reference points and the appearance of distinct and separate buildings. Similarly, building stepbacks at upper levels can allow for multiple roofline profiles, thereby lessening the imposing appearance of building massing over the public right-of way. This section applies to buildings less than 95 feet in height.
STANDARDS
A. A design proposal shall incorporate at least one
of the following:
1. Modulation: A roofline height modulation of
at least 10 feet for every 150 linear feet; or
2. Stepback: An upper level stepback, 15 feet
minimum, of all upper floors above 40 feet in
elevation height; or
3. Corner: A prominent corner feature that is
differentiated by height and design features
from the primary massing of the building by
a minimum of 10 feet (see DSP 4.2.12 for
additional development standards); or
4. Averaging: Height averaging where a portion
of the massing may exceed the maximum
allowed building height, provided that the
entire massing height average is equal to
or does not exceed the maximum allowed
building height.
B. A visible and delineated roofline shall be
created to visually demarcate where the
building silhouette meets the sky. All buildings
shall have a suitable or even dramatic
termination at the roofline. The upper
termination of a building shall be strongly
developed in a building with a flat or slightly
sloping roofline.
C. Elevator and stair overruns shall not be
counted as part of the roofline modulation
unless it has been integrated into the overall
architectural design.
ABOVE: Roofline modulation can create the appearance of distinct buildings in a single massing while minimizing building scale.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
91 of 300
ABOVE: A.2 Upper level stepback above 40’ in elevation.
Above 40’
Min. 15’
ABOVE: A.3. Corner feature
ABOVE: A.4. Height averaging
Max.
Allowed
Height
Portion of site may exceed
max. height if site average
equals max. height
Min. 10’
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-21
ABOVE: Upper level building stepbacks can reduce the scale of a building and improve its relationship to the pedestrian realm.
ABOVE: A corner feature can create variation in height while conveying visual prominence for significant intersections or gateways.
ABOVE: Height averaging allowed for variations in massing to locate a taller building and corner tower feature addressing a wide, high-traffic street, and stepped down massing facing lower height buildings and a public park.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
92 of 300
ABOVE: A.1. Major and minor facade modulation.
150’
50’
50’
50’
50’
50’
ABOVE: A.2. Upper level stepback above 40’ in elevation.
Min. 10’
4-22 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.2.3 MASSING & SCALE: FACADE MODULATION
Modulation in building massing and scale encourages proportions that relate to the human-scale and create visual interest. This modulation can be achieved through the tripartite of a clearly defined base, middle and top in the vertical. Recesses and projections of a building facade, in combination with detailing, articulation, and fenestration pattern, can create diversity and visual interest in the horizontal, particularly in its relationship to the pedestrian realm. This section applies to buildings less than 95 feet in height.
STANDARDS
A. A design proposal shall incorporate at least one
of the following:
1. Modulation: A major modulation of the
facade at a minimum of every 150 linear feet
that is at least 24 inches deep and 4 feet in
width, and a minor modulation in facade at
a minimum of every 50 linear feet that is at
least 12 inches deep and 2 feet in width.
2. A clearly delineated base, middle, and top
that can be differentiated by:
a. Change in materials (see Section 4.2.8); or
b. Distinct design that creates visual
separation; or
c. Upper level stepback of 15 feet minimum
of all floors above 40 feet in elevation
height.
4.2 Building Design
Ordinance - Exhibit B
93 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-23
ABOVE: Windows that project out to the street, or recess into the building can create visual interest and depth to a building facade, while also diminishing the scale of the massing. Base Middle Top ABOVE: Base-Middle-Top can be established through the use of materials, strong form lines that diminish scale, and upper level stepbacks.
ABOVE: Major and minor building facade modulations can
create depth and scale.
ABOVE: An upper level stepback can reduce the scale and massing of a building, while reinforcing the pedestrian scale of the public realm.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
94 of 300
40’
250’ or
greater
ABOVE: A building separation of at least 40 feet wide and open to the sidewalk, shall be provided for any facade length of 250’ or greater.
4-24 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.2.4 MASSING & SCALE: BUILDING SEPARATIONS
Building separations can be key to reducing scale, providing opportunities for open space, reinforcing a pedestrian scale pattern, and providing a visual reference to entrances for buildings that occupy large blocks.
Separations allow for visual relief and create the appearance of two, or more, distinct buildings that reinforce a fine-grained pattern on a single block. To achieve this effect on the pedestrian realm, it is essential that separations terminate at the ground level, or provide a distinct architectural difference from adjacent massing.
This section applies to buildings less than 95 feet in height.
STANDARDS
A. A design proposal whose facade length exceeds
250 feet shall incorporate at least one of the
following:
1. A building separation that extends to the
street level and includes no physical barriers
such as gates, fences, or walls abutting a
public right-of-way; or
2. A building separation that begins at the
second floor, no higher than 16 feet in
elevation above the sidewalk, that provides
a distinct and separate architectural style
from the surrounding massing and is setback
20 feet from the required setback zone.
B. A proposal that includes a building separation
shall also include a separation that is a minimum
of 40 feet from building face to building face.
ABOVE AND LEFT: Building separations can provide the visual appearance of two distinct buildings, or reduce the scale of a single massing. Entrances to buildings and courtyards can be provided through separations, as well as the provision of publicly accessible open space. Separation at grade can result in a pedestrian level architectural style that is distinct, further reducing the scale of the overall massing.
4.2 Building Design
Ordinance - Exhibit B
95 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-25
Vision of a Building Separation through the building to provide an integrated publicly accessible open space.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
96 of 300
4-26 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.2.5 MASSING & SCALE: TRANSITIONAL MASSING
Sites located at the edge of the Downtown Specific Plan area are typically adjacent to low-rise residential neighborhoods, consisting largely of 2- and 3-story residential buildings. New development on these sites needs to recognize this change in scale and character from Downtown through transitional massing and other buffers. All new development and retrofitting of existing buildings directly adjacent to multi-family residential zones will be evaluated according to the following standards for buffers between Downtown and residential zones outside of the Downtown.
ABOVE: A park-like paseo acts as a buffer to transition massing and allows for through block connectivity.
ABOVE: A mixed-use building with greater height and mass than its adjacent building steps down and steps back for compatibility.
STANDARDS
A. A 10-foot interior setback shall be required
in a DSP zoned development where it abuts
a R-3050, R-2250, R-1650, or R-1250 zone.
Landscaping and emergency access can be
provided within the setback. The setback shall
be designed for safety, including lighting and
visual access.
B. An upper level stepback of 20 feet shall be
required with an elevation height no more than
40 feet, or alternatively provide an interior
setback of 20 feet. See diagrams on opposite
page.
C. Any required interior setback shall not count
towards any required publicly accessible open
space.
D. A decorative masonry wall designed as a buffer
shall be required between non-residential uses
(including parking) and any residential zones
adjacent to the DSP area.
1. A decorative masonry wall shall not be less
than 6 feet in height.
2. A wall next to a driveway shall be set back
from the sidewalk to ensure safe visual
access for cars and space for landscaping.
3. Walls should incorporate landscaping to
soften the appearances.
E. Parking structures facing residential zones
adjacent to the DSP area shall have all walls
designed as facades, compatible with the
context, including residential and human-scaled
materials.
F. For larger developments, the portion adjacent
to residential zones shall be designed to appear
as a separate building, with different setbacks,
massing, height, and architectural character
from the Downtown facing portion.
G. For larger developments, a change of
architectural style may be appropriate where
projects face or abut residential zones. The
style and materials should relate to the
predominate characteristics of the residential
neighborhood.
H. Grading measures, such as sunken parking
areas or landscaped berms, should be used as
a means to screen parking lots from adjacent
residential zones and/or elevation change.
4.2 Building Design
Ordinance - Exhibit B
97 of 300
Property line
Required publicly accessible open space
located directly adjacent to a multi-family
zone.
20’ interior property line setback R-3050 / R-2250 / R-1650 / R-1250 Neighborhood Downtown Transition
Maximum height of 40’
directly adjacent to a multifamily zone.
20’ stepback
Required publicly accessible open space
located directly adjacent to a multi-family zone.
R-3050 / R-2250 / R-1650 / R-1250 Neighborhood
Downtown Transition
Property line
Mininmum 10’ setback
from interior property line
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-27
ABOVE: Transitional Massing Options for Standard B
Ordinance - Exhibit B
98 of 300
4-28 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
Various sites in the downtown, such as terminated vistas and corners at primary intersections that mark entries to downtown, are ideal locations for landmark architectural features. These may include towers, prominent building entries, specialized signage or public art. Landscaped setbacks and public pocket parks may also be used to identify these locations. Additionally, East Broadway is designated a Civic Promenade, where the architectural style, massing and character of new development shall defer to existing civic buildings such as City Hall and Central Post Office. Finally, the Open Space Network (see Chapter Five) identifies various potential pedestrian and/or vehicle passages to augment existing alleys and paseos. These passages represent opportunities to create intimate, pedestrian-scaled walkways through the downtown.
Such features (identified in Figure 4-D) help provide visual landmarks and enhance the image of Downtown.
4.2.6 MASSING & SCALE: LANDMARK ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES
TOP: Entry corner at Brand & Broadway indicated by primary entrance at architectural rotunda
BOTTOM: Entry corner indicated by architectural tower and primary entrance
4.2 Building Design
TOP: Street vista terminated by a prominent building entrance ABOVE LEFT: Entry corner indicated by architectural tower ABOVE RIGHT: Entry corner indicated by signage
Ordinance - Exhibit B
99 of 300
10 2
9 6 3
1 13
7 11
14 8
4 5
12 15
16 17
18 Entry Location
Civic Promenade
Terminated Vista
Civic and Historic Landmarks
1 - Glendale YMCA
2 - Alex Theatre
3 - Glendale Central Post Office
4 - Huntley-Evans Building
5 - Masonic Temple
6 - Security Trust and Savings Bank
7 - City Hall
8 - Municipal Power & Light Building
9 - F.W. Woolworth Building
10 - Glendale Federal Savings & Loan
11 - Municipal Services Building
12 - Central Library
13 - Old Police Headquarters
14 - County Courthouse
15 - Perkins Building
16 - Municipal Garage
17 - Police Headquarters
18 - Adult Recreation Center
Paseo / Passage (see Chapter 5)
ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES
FIGURE 4-C
N
0 150 300 600ft
CENTRAL
BRAND
LOUISE
COLUMBUS
WILSON
JACKSON
SR-134 FREEWAY
ISABEL
BROADWAY
COLORADO
LEXINGTON
CALIFORNIA
KENWOOD
GLENDALE
ELK
ARDEN
MONTEREY
SALEM
MYRTLE
MILFORD
PIONEER
BURCHETT
GLENOAKS
DORAN
MARYLAND
ORANGE GROVE
HARVARD
ORANGE
DORAN
FIGURE 4-D
ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES
Amended by Ord. No. 5815, 5865, 5923 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-29 Ordinance - Exhibit B
100 of 300
4-30 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.2.7 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: FACADE DESIGN
Buildings shall address the street in a manner that reinforces pedestrian activity and engagement.
All development shall be designed to enhance ground level architectural elements for a human-scale.
Entry conditions, building materials, canopies, display windows, lighting and well-designed signage can all contribute to conditions ideal for creating a vibrant and unique pedestrian environment. All new development and facade remodels shall comply with the following design standards:
STANDARDS
A. The building facade shall use architectural
solutions (e.g., building materials, texture,
offset building massing, repetition of columns,
recessed entries, windows, and awnings)
to avoid the creation of impenetrable,
unarticulated building facades.
B. Facades shall be constructed in a manner
to appear substantial, avoiding low-quality
building materials and construction details
that contribute to the perception of a facade
as flimsy, or inconsistent with the intended
materials and architectural style.
C. No ground level parking, except for the parking
entry shall be visible from any street frontage.
Any parking at ground level shall have active
retail or other habitable ground floor uses
facing the sidewalk.
D. New development, or the retrofitting of
existing development, shall address the public
sidewalk. Design of the street level facade shall
be incorporated into the design of the overall
building.
E. Ground level facades shall be augmented with
streetscape or open space improvements that
improve the pedestrian environment.
F. Large expanses of glass shall be subdivided into
smaller units.
G. Differentiation shall be provided at the base
and the top of windows.
H. Ground level floors shall be visually separated
from floors above through the use of
architectural elements that could include
awnings, canopies or lintels, or additionally by
recessing the ground-floor level from the floor
above.
I. Landscaping is required to provide additional
texture and planted features at the ground
level elevation for the pedestrian, but should
increase the level of pedestrian interest rather
than separating pedestrians from views into
buildings.
J. For streets with ground floor use restrictions
or requirements as described in Chapter
Three, certain frontages are also required or
restricted.
4.2 Building Design
Amended by Ord. No. 5865, 5923
Ordinance - Exhibit B
101 of 300
1 2
4 5
6 3 7
4 8 8
9 10
11 12
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-31
Architectural Elements include:
1. Canopy separating ground floor from floors above
2. Subdivided glass at large windows
3. Planted feature at street level
4. Street trees and streetscape enhancements
5. Column articulation
6. Recessed balconies
7. Facade modulation
8. High-quality street-level materials
9. Activated street frontage
10. Active building adjacent zone
11. Visible residential entrances
12. Pedestrian-oriented and visible signage
PRIMARY
FRONTAGE
MIXED-USE
COMMERCIAL
MIXED-USE
RESIDENTIAL
ENTERTAINMENT
FRONTAGE
RESIDENTIAL
FRONTAGE
Arcade Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Allowed Not Allowed Storefront Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Not Allowed
Stoop Not Allowed Allowed Allowed Not Allowed Allowed
Porte-Cochere Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Allowed Not Allowed TABLE 4-C: Frontage Design Standards
Amended by Ord. No. 5726, 5865, 5923
Ordinance - Exhibit B
102 of 300
4-32 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.2.8 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: MATERIALS
MATERIALS are a significant feature of design. They assist in establishing a unique aesthetic quality while creating and reinforcing character. Materials are also essential to diminishing the scale of the overall building massing, and reinforcing the base-middle-top principles of quality design. Materials at the lower level, or base, should reinforce the pedestrian character of the public realm and employ materials that are of a human-scale. As building height increases, larger scale materials may be appropriate. All materials for new projects and facade remodels shall conform to the following standards:
ABOVE: Materials that represent a human-scale such as
masonry, wood, or appropriately scaled panels can create a more engaging and visually interesting street frontage.
LEFT: Larger-scale materials and glazing are more appropriate at upper levels.
Base Middle Top
ABOVE: The scale of materials should relate to the public realm on lower portions of a building elevation, increasing in scale as a building grows in height.
STANDARDS
A. Durable, human-scaled materials shall be used
on all street level facades.
B. Materials such as EIFS, stucco, or monolithic
concrete panels shall not be used within the
first 20 feet of a building elevation on facades
facing public streets or at massing transitions.
C. Street level materials shall be human-scaled
such as brick, block, wood, stone, and others to
provide a high-quality aesthetic and diversity in
building design.
D. Above street level (minimum 20 feet), no more
than 60% of the building elevation shall be clad
with EIFS or stucco.
E. All building elevations, including alley facing
elevations, shall be treated equally with highquality and human-scaled materials to provide depth and contrast in color.
F. All projects shall avoid creating a monotone
color palette.
G. Materials on alley facades shall create a
more human-scaled texture through the
incorporation of scoring or artistic installations
(murals).
H. Materials and corresponding designs shall
wrap the corners of all facades including alleys,
terminating at a logical location.
4.2 Building Design
Ordinance - Exhibit B
103 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-33
STANDARDS
A. All facades that include storefronts shall
provide a minimum of 75% transparency
including access and structural supports.
B. Materials shall conform to Section 4.2.8 of this
Chapter.
C. The design of storefronts shall reinforce the
concept of base-middle-top as identified in
Section 4.2.3 of this Chapter.
D. All non-residential storefronts shall have a
minimum floor-to-ceiling height as defined in
Section 4.3 of this Chapter.
E. Use storefronts such as doors and windows
that swing upward or out to open, to engage
uses such as eating and drinking establishments
with the public realm.
F. Pedestrian-oriented signage shall be provided
consistent with Section 4.2.23 of this Chapter.
G. Pedestrian-scaled lighting shall be provided on
all storefronts.
H. Canopies and marquees shall be provided on a
minimum of 50% of the entire facade. Refer to
Section 4.2.13 for design details.
I. Storefronts and entrances shall provide
recesses from the building facade to create
depth and contrast.
4.2.9 STOREFRONTS
ABOVE: Doors and windows that fold and swing can create a unique aesthetic in an urban environment. They engage the public realm with commercial and retail activities by creating permeability in the facade and opportunities for engagement between patrons and passersby.
ABOVE: Engaging storefronts that create high levels of visibility can support an active and vibrant street life.
LEFT: A diversity of entries from the streetscape provides identity and encourages interaction between commercial and retail services with the public realm.
STOREFRONTS are one of the most important features of an active urban environment. They present an opportunity to engage the street level by generating activity and transparency between the pedestrian realm and businesses, while creating a memorable experience. Storefronts can engage the streetscape in various manners including operable storefronts to encourage indoor activity to connect with the public realm. All new storefronts shall conform to the following standards:
Amended by Ord. No. 5865, 5923
Ordinance - Exhibit B
104 of 300
4-34 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
BUILDING LOBBIES & ENTRIES provide visual queues to building entrances and landmarks for pedestrians. They can also offer a unique means to create visual interest and modulation in a building facade. Lobby entrances shall be carefully designed to create landmark visual reference points and the importance of the building entrance.
4.2.10 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: BUILDING LOBBIES & ENTRIES ABOVE: Marquees and canopies that are unique to the building entry can serve as visual reference points for pedestrians.
ABOVE: Vibrant colors and unique materials framing a lobby or building entrance can create visual interest.
ABOVE: Recessed entries can create modest open spaces and differentiation in the street frontage.
STANDARDS
A. Exterior building lobbies shall incorporate the
following aesthetic features:
1. Significant design feature such as a canopy,
marquee, or other form of weather
protection that creates visual prominence.
2. A material application that creates
continuity with the overall building design
but also creates a distinct and identifiable
aesthetic quality.
3. A recess or projection to delineate the
building lobby from the balance of the
facade.
4. Paving materials incorporated to
differentiate the primary entrance path
that is distinct and unique from the
adjacent paving materials.
B. For commercial uses, a building’s primary
entrance, defined as the entrance which
provides the most direct access to the building’s
lobby and remains unlocked during business
hours, shall be located on a public street or on
a usable public open space that is visible and
connected to a public street.
4.2 Building Design
Ordinance - Exhibit B
105 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-35
STANDARDS
A. Stoops shall be required for ground level
residential units on all streets, regardless of
typology.
B. Stoops shall be designed to address the street
to provide the most direct access path and
allow for the greatest amount of landscaping.
C. Stoop or storefront access shall be required
for all ground level live-work units, where the
street frontage of the building exceeds 100
feet, unless otherwise explicitly approved
by the design review authority, provided an
alternative accessible path is included.
D. Stoops shall be elevated a maximum of 36
inches above grade or sidewalk.
E. Stoop porches, not including stairs, shall be a
minimum of 20 square feet.
F. Stoops shall correspond directly to the building
entry and be at least 4 feet wide.
G. Stoops and/or adjacent entry porches shall
not be enclosed with solid walls or railings, or
vegetation that creates a visual obstruction
between the stoop/porch and the public realm
in order to maintain a sense of openness.
H. Stoops may have an over-hanging roof or
awning no wider than the stoop.
I. Planter or porch walls parallel to the sidewalk
and taller than 18 inches shall have an irrigated
18 inch planting bed at its base.
4.2.11 STOOPS & GROUND LEVEL ENTRIES
ABOVE: On-street residential entries can increase safety as well as activity on residential-oriented streets.
ABOVE: Raised entries and porches can create visual interest and engaging street frontages.
ABOVE: Landscaping can soften the hardscape around
residential entries while providing modest privacy for residents.
STOOPS present a unique opportunity to engage residential entries with the public realm, creating activation, opportunities for engagement, and safety. Additionally, stoops create a design aesthetic that supports a residential character on appropriate urban streets. All stoops shall conform to the following design standards:
Amended by Ord. No. 5865, 5923
Ordinance - Exhibit B
106 of 300
4-36 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
STANDARDS
A. Corner features shall be located at the
intersection of two public rights-of-way, and
not located near alleys, or mid-block.
B. Corner features shall be off-set in height than
the overall building mass by a minimum of 10
feet in either direction.
C. Corner features shall have a distinct but
complimentary design from the overall mass of
the building.
D. Unique or distinct paving shall be provided at
a corner feature to emphasize its prominence
and importance within the public realm.
E. Enhanced canopies or marquees shall be
provided to help create a sense of enclosure
within the public realm.
F. Plazas may also be used to create a unique
corner feature and shall be developed per the
standards outlined in Chapter 5 for publicly
accessible open space.
4.2.12 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: CORNERS
ABOVE & BELOW: Corner features that are greater in height than the primary massing can create modulation in the building roofline.
ABOVE: Corner features can also be created by a change in materials or design.
ABOVE: Corner features can be used to create visual
prominence for a building at key or gateway intersections.
CORNER FEATURES present a unique opportunity to enhance the aesthetic quality of a signature building, visual terminus, or prominence at a primary entrance. In addition to creating variation in building massing, an enhanced corner can create a sense of place within the public realm by incorporating key design features. All corner elements shall conform to the following standards:
4.2 Building Design
Ordinance - Exhibit B
107 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-37
4.2.13 CANOPIES
STANDARDS
A. Canopies shall be installed a minimum of 9 feet
above grade, and a maximum of 14 feet above
grade.
B. A minimum of 50% of the street elevation shall
include canopies or marquees.
C. Materials and colors of all canopies and
marquees shall be complimentary with the
overall building aesthetic and material palette.
ABOVE: Canopies can provide shade for outdoor activities such as eating and drinking establishments.
ABOVE: Canopies can serve as sun shading devices, or
decorative features that create human-scaled frontages.
ABOVE: Canopies, when combined with other features such as plantings can create a room or enclosure effect for outdoor activities such as eating and drinking establishments.
CANOPIES function as an extension of the public sidewalk, providing shelter from inclement weather, shade, and a sense of enclosure to the public realm. They can also provide a visual reference to entrances or other important facade elements. All new canopy installations shall conform to the following standards:
ABOVE: A shading device and architectural element that adds detail and richness to the urban streetscape.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
108 of 300
4-38 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.2.14 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: BALCONIES
STANDARDS
A. All balconies shall have a minimum 40 square
feet and a minimum length or width of 4 feet
and shall be directly accessible and an integral
part of the dwelling unit which it serves. No
more than 75% of balconies on a project shall
extend beyond the facade of the building.
B. No balconies shall overhang into the public
right-of-way or sidewalk as identified in Section
4.4.3, not including the portion of the building
setback behind the existing property line.
C. No balconies can overhang the area of the
building setback, behind the property line,
within the first 20 feet of the building elevation.
D. Materials of all balcony components, including
floors and railings shall be aesthetically
compatible with the overall building design.
E. Balconies shall assist in creating a dynamic and
visually interesting facade, and avoid creating
repetition.
ABOVE: Partially recessed balconies, when combined with major facade modulations can create breaks in large building masses to reduce the overall building scale.
ABOVE: A mix of recessed and partially recessed balconies can create visual interest and articulation in facades.
BALCONIES provide important outdoor private space for residential units. When designed well, they can provide visual interest to facade designs, in addition to depth and rhythm. Alternatively, balconies can also create a negative repetitive quality when they are designed identically or have the appearance of being “added-on” to a facade. All new balconies shall conform to the following standards:
ABOVE: Recessed balconies can be incorporated into a facade design to create a unique pattern or form.
4.2 Building Design
Ordinance - Exhibit B
109 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-39
STANDARDS
A. A variety of window sizes shall be provided
to create visual complexity and reflect the
different internal uses of a building facade.
Windows shall also coordinate with the
architectural design of the building including
materials and scale.
B. At the ground level, unarticulated glass curtain
walls shall be avoided, unless their design
is considered of exceptional quality while
allowing full transparency into an attractive,
active interior use. Facades of buildings shall be
divided into individual storefronts or entries.
C. Large expanses of glazing shall be subdivided
into smaller units.
D. Differentiation shall be provided at the base
and top of windows.
ABOVE: Fenestration patterns that correspond with a change in material or depth can create visual interest, complexity in design, and reduce the overall scale of massing and facades.
4.2.15 FENESTRATION
FENESTRATION patterns can create an identifiable character and when properly detailed can enhance a quality design. Window designs can also improve facade modulation, scale, or a change of materials. All fenestration patterns shall conform to the following standards:
ABOVE: Fenestration patterns that change and respond to form and orientation can enhance modestly designed or flat facades.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
110 of 300
4-40 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
STANDARDS
A. All exterior security gates or fences shall be
located behind the building face of the adjacent
building and directly in line with the adjacent
facade plane.
B. Design of all fences and gate shall be integrated
with the overall building and site design with
high levels of transparency.
C. Fences, walls, and gates shall be designed in a
style, material, and color that compliments the
overall building and site design. Plantings shall
be utilized instead of walls and fences wherever
possible.
D. Security grilles and roll down doors for
storefronts shall be located behind the building
face.
4.2.16 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: FENCES, WALLS & GATES
ABOVE: Incorporating elements such as seating, art, or
wayfinding can soften the visual appearance of enclosures.
ABOVE: Fences or gates should be compatible with the overall building and streetscape design.
ABOVE: Entry gates should promote visual access and
permeability while remaining modest in scale.
FENCES, WALLS & GATES help define and screen yards, walkways, and outdoors areas. As such, the design of such barriers must be considered when addressing the streetscape experience. All fences, walls, and gates shall conform to the following standards:
4.2 Building Design
Ordinance - Exhibit B
111 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-41
STANDARDS
A. Planters at the ground level such as those in
publicly accessible open space and abutting the
public right-of-way shall not exceed a height of
18 inches above grade within the first 10 feet of
the street facing property line.
B. Planter ledges should provide a minimum depth
of 12 inches to also serve as seating.
C. Planter boxes shall not exceed 25% of all
project landscaping within the publicly
accessible open space.
D. Materials of any raised planters shall
compliment those of the overall project design.
E. Any development that substitutes planter
boxes for originally approved landscaping shall
not receive their certificate of occupancy until
original approved design is completed.
4.2.17 PLANTERS
ABOVE: Planters can include a variety of planting types and seating.
ABOVE: Seating incorporated with a whimsical design sense can create a unique space that encourages public use.
PLANTERS and ground level landscaping can either enhance open space along the streetscape or they can create formidable and undesirable barriers, privatizing such space. Planters shall be integrated into the overall open space and landscape design and shall conform to the following standards:
Ordinance - Exhibit B
112 of 300
4-42 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.2.18 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: ARCADES
STANDARDS
A. Arcades shall not be constructed within the
required setback per the street typologies
defined in Section 4.1.3 and 4.3.
B. Arcades shall be accessible to pedestrians and
have a minimum depth of 8 feet.
C. Minimum interior height for sidewalk arcades
shall be 12 feet above the finished grade.
D. The arcade shall be no more than two stories
high, or a maximum of 30 feet.
E. Pavement patterns shall be consistent with
patterns regulated by the City and shall provide
adequate drainage.
ARCADES function as an extension of the public sidewalk, providing shelter from the sun and offering expanded opportunities for design on narrow lots. These will be encouraged on the sunny sides of designated pedestrian-oriented streets. Examples in Downtown Glendale include the Brand frontage of the City Center building. All covered sidewalk arcades will conform to the following design standards.
F. At all sites adjoining an existing arcade,
a similarly proportioned arcade shall be
considered for new construction.
G. An arcade shall be designed to function as an
extension of the public sidewalk.
H. Priority locations for arcades are to extend an
existing system of arcades within a single block,
or to provide shade and weather protection on
Primary Frontage streets.
I. An arcade shall be covered with a flat or sloping
roof. When there is no second floor over the
arcade, the roof of an arcade may be utilized
as an open-air terrace or a space for outdoor
dining.
J. A landscaped planter with a minimum width
of one foot shall be located in front of the
columns of the arcade. This planter shall
contain climbing vegetation which is capable
of reaching a height of 15 feet or more and
connected to an irrigation system.
K. Design of an arcade shall be consistent along
its entire length and shall be integrated into the
design of the building as a whole.
L. The columns of the arcade shall be substantially
thick, and the openings between columns shall
be vertically proportioned.
M. Connections shall be made between the arcade
and the properties adjacent to it.
N. Storefronts located along the arcade shall
comply with all applicable storefront design
guidelines.
O. To ensure proper penetration of daylight, the
projection roof over an arcade shall not be
deeper than it is tall.
ALL: Arcades can serve
various purposes such as
screening from inclement
weather and shade, outdoor
seating and dining areas, and
a sense of scale along street
frontages for tall buildings.
4.2 Building Design
Amended by Ord. No. 5865, 5923
Ordinance - Exhibit B
113 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-43
STANDARDS
A. Porte-cocheres shall not be more than 40 feet
deep from the facade.
B. The porte-cochere may be enclosed with a roof
or other overhead structure for protection
from the sun and rain.
C. The materials and architectural detailing of
the porte-cochere shall be consistent with the
street facade of the building.
D. A covered passage or arcade may be located
over the entrance to the porte-cochere from
the sidewalk.
E. Vehicle entrances to the porte-cochere shall
be narrow, to minimize the disruption of the
dominate frontage pattern.
4.2.19 PORTE-COCHERES
ALL: Porte-Cocheres provide convenient and covered access and drop-off for patrons.
PORTE-COCHERES are recessed vehicle entry courts within a storefront or arcade frontage. Portecocheres are commonly used for vehicular drop-off or utility off-loading, but may also accommodate gardens, dining, and retail storefronts. This frontage shall be used sparingly. All porte-cocheres shall conform to the following design standards:
Amended by Ord. No. 5865, 5923
Ordinance - Exhibit B
114 of 300
4-44 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
GARAGE ENTRIES provide necessary access to parking for developments. However, garage entries can create conflicts with pedestrians, while being aesthetically incompatible with the streetscape and building design. Garage entries should support the overall building design while not detracting from the streetscape and pedestrian realm and shall conform to the following standards:
4.2.20 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: GARAGE ENTRIES
STANDARDS
A. No ground level parking, except for the
parking entry shall be visible from any street
frontage. Parking located at ground level must
have active retail, residential entry, or other
habitable ground floor uses facing the sidewalk,
and subject to the design standards established
in Sections 4.2.9 and 4.2.11.
B. Where alleys are adequate, per Public Works
standards and approval regarding width and
capacity, new developments shall locate all
parking garage entries on the alley.
C. When parking garage entries are located on the
street, all entries shall conform to the following:
1. Utilities shall not be visible from the street
frontage. Projects shall provide screening,
dropped ceilings, or locate utilities away
from areas visible from the pedestrian level.
2. Garage doors or gates shall be set back from
the face of building.
3. A unique or enhanced paving pattern
shall be provided on the driveway, equal
to the width of the garage entry to create
visual separation and acknowledge
potential conflicts with other modes of
transportation.
4. The width of the garage opening shall be as
narrow as possible.
ABOVE: Narrow garage entry widths encourage slower
movement of automobiles reducing potential conflicts with other modes of transportation.
ABOVE: Garage entries shall be well designed to mitigate the aesthetic impact on the pedestrian realm. Creative and artistic elevations can establish visual interest while integrating the overall design of the garage entry with the surrounding architectural style. Elements such as screening or drop ceilings can mitigate the visual impact of necessary utility infrastructure.
4.2 Building Design
Ordinance - Exhibit B
115 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-45
STANDARDS
A. All above grade utility boxes shall be stainless
steel or wrapped with an artistic application.
B. No utilities shall protrude into the public rightof-way, including the portion dedicated as sidewalk and located behind the property line.
C. Per Glendale Water and Power, all other
utilities shall be integrated into the building
facade and not freestanding.
D. Electrical transformers shall be located so
that access is achieved from the alley, where
feasible. If located adjacent to a public sidewalk,
they shall be screened and incorporated into
the building to provide the visual appearance of
a storefront.
E. Electrical transformers, mechanical equipment,
and other utility-oriented equipment shall
not be located within 50 feet of any building
corner, or located within a designated publicly
accessible open space.
ABOVE: Utilities such as standpipes, fire department
connections, and utility boxes are essential to building operations. Utilities shall be incorporated into the building design to the greatest extent feasible, including wall mounted devices, to avoid freestanding obstructions in or near the rightof-way, or visual clutter within landscaped areas or setbacks.
4.2.21 UTILITIES
ABOVE: When utilities must project from the building
facade at the pedestrian level, they shall be enclosed with an architecturally compatible surround to prevent tripping hazards and to improve the aesthetic impact.
UTILITIES are necessary to the function and operation of any building. They can also, when not properly integrated, detract from the aesthetic quality of an urban environment or pose hazards to pedestrians. All utility installations shall conform to the following standards:
ABOVE: Utilities shall not interrupt the design of planters or other building elements, unlike the photo above. They shall be gracefully integrated into the overall design and shall be accounted for early in the design process to avoid negative visual impacts.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
116 of 300
4-46 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.2.22 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: LIGHTING
STANDARDS
A. Lighting shall be directed away from
surrounding development and shielded to
minimize spillover on adjacent properties.
B. No light shall be directed at the windows of a
residential unit within or adjacent to a project.
C. Reflective materials or other sources of glare,
such as polished metal surfaces, shall result
in visual glare or measurable heat gain on
surrounding windows.
D. Significant architectural features such
as corners or unique cornices should be
illuminated and enhanced by a comprehensive
lighting design.
E. Building lighting should be adjustable, and
prior to Certificate of Occupancy a test may be
required to calibrate proper illumination levels
to the satisfaction of the Urban Design Studio
staff.
ABOVE: Building and open space design shall include a diversity in lighting, including building uplighting, pathway lighting, and lighting that activates gathering areas.
ABOVE: Illumination at cornices and corner features can support the intent of creating visual prominence for significant building features.
LIGHTING can create a unique aesthetic and enhance the design of a building. It also provides necessary Illumination for business operation, and safety for pedestrians and other users and shall conform to the following standards:
ABOVE: Building lighting shall compliment and accent the overall design, including changes in materials, fenestration, or modulation.
RIGHT: Pathway and open space lighting shall be creative and compliment the overall open space and public realm design.
4.2 Building Design
Ordinance - Exhibit B
117 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-47
ABOVE: Laser cut projecting signs identify businesses and add an architectural design element to the building.
4.2.23 SIGNAGE
STANDARDS
A. All signs shall comply with GMC Chapter 30.33.
B. All building signage below 20 feet in elevation
height shall be wall mounted and not surface
applied, flush with the wall.
C. Storefront signs shall be located below 14
feet in elevation height, measured from the
sidewalk, to avoid conflict with canopies and
mature trees, while maintaining visibility for
pedestrians.
D. Any development that provides publicly
accessible open space shall provide the
standard signage identified in Chapter 5.
ABOVE: Personalized signage compatible with the architectural character of the building.
ABOVE: Signage shall include other elements important to the overall urban environment such as parking, bicycle parking, or wayfinding to significant public or civic assets.
SIGNAGE is essential to any urban environment. It signifies businesses, building names, and other key features. Properly scaled and located signage can greatly enhance the pedestrian experience along commercial streetscapes. All signage elements shall conform to the following standards:
Ordinance - Exhibit B
118 of 300
4-48 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
Ordinance - Exhibit B
119 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-49
4.3 THE PEDESTRIAN REALM
URBAN DESIGN FRAMEWORK:
4.3.1 Primary Street
4.3.2 Mixed-Use Commercial Street
4.3.3 Mixed-Use Residential Street
4.3.4 Residential Street
4.3.5 Entertainment Street
The scale of the pedestrian realm and its relationship to the surrounding built environment directly affects the
experience of all users. Additionally, street typologies create distinct characters and districts that reinforce the urban identity.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
120 of 300
4-50 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
A. STREETSCAPE REQUIREMENTS
STANDARDS
A. Install sidewalk paving pattern and materials as
specified by the City.
B. Plant street trees and street landscaping as
specified by the City, spaced a minimum of 25
feet apart or as required by the City.
C. Install light standards as specified by the City.
D. Install pedestrian curb extensions on
designated pedestrian-oriented streets as
required by the City.
E. Install sidewalk furniture (benches, drinking
fountains, trash receptacles, etc.) as required by
the City and defined by the street typologies.
F. Projects may install sidewalk elements, such
as commemorative plaques or artwork, as
approved by the City, at the primary entrance
to the building.
ABOVE: Streetscapes shall incorporate sidewalks with sufficient width and a diverse range of urban amenities.
4.3 THE PEDESTRIAN REALM
Beautiful sidewalks with comfortable and attractive paving, generous landscape, shade trees, and attractive and functional lighting create a pleasant experience for Downtown pedestrians.
New construction and major remodels of buildings 10,000 square feet or more may be required to install streetscape elements as follows:
RIGHT: A sidewalk with patterned paving features large canopy street trees in planted parkways, pedestrian-scaled light fixtures with banners as district markers, public event noticing or holiday public art.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
121 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-51
ABOVE: Urban amenities such as cafe seating, transit facilities and trash receptacles are designed to support an active street scene without obstructing the required clear sidewalk width.
ABOVE: Intersections are important gateways to streets, districts, and significant projects and shall be treated as such with special features such as enhanced paving, and ample room for pedestrian waiting.
RIGHT: Create seamless transitions from public to private space.
ABOVE: Special paving, accents or features may be appropriate for significant streets to indicate important features such as building entries.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
122 of 300
4-52 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
B. STREETSCAPE TYPOLOGIES
The treatment of sidewalks, setbacks and building facades vary, based on the different streets with their different uses, functions and scales. Downtown’s image and comfort largely are determined by proportions of the different streets and public rights-of-way, as defined by facing buildings, their frontages, setbacks, parkways and the streets themselves. Collectively, these shape the pedestrian experience by creating a sense of enclosure and well-defined pedestrian zones. As such, the street and setback dimensions directly affect the quality and pace of the pedestrian experience. In order to enhance and regulate the streetscapes and pedestrian experience, the DSP establishes a set of street types with different design considerations.
Street types are defined street width, land use context, and transportation/pedestrian characteristics. The classifications are meant to serve as a guide for designing appropriates streetscape environments. The types also build upon those ground floor use frontage restrictions noted in Chapter 3 – Land Use. The street typologies and their specific requirements can be found in the following sections:
• 4.3.1 Primary Street
• 4.3.2 Mixed-Use Commercial Street
• 4.3.3 Mixed-Use Residential Street
• 4.3.4 Entertainment Street
• 4.3.5 Residential Street
4.3 THE PEDESTRIAN REALM
Ordinance - Exhibit B
123 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-53
4.1 SITE PLANNING
Primary - See Brand Boulevard Plan
Mixed-Use Commercial
Mixed-Use Residential
Residential
Entertainment - See “A & E” Plan
FIGURE 4-C
SETBACKS / FRONTAGES
Mixed-Frontage
* Undesignated Streets shall provide a
minimum 4-foot wide parkway and
6-foot wide sidewalk
Amended by Ord No. 5727, 5776, 5815, 5865, 5923
Ordinance - Exhibit B
124 of 300
4-54 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.3.1 PRIMARY STREET
The southerly half of Brand Boulevard, the City’s primary north-south street, is identified as having a Primary Street Frontage. Brand Boulevard is one of the City’s widest streets with a landscaped center median with street trees, two-lanes of vehicular traffic in each direction, as well as angled parking and a substantial public right-of-way setback. Brand is also one of the City’s signature, pedestrian-oriented streets, lined with active, ground floor commercial uses (retail, restaurants and services). New infill development must uphold this pedestrian orientation and shopping experience.
ABOVE: Primary streets shall incorporate enhanced urban amenities such as seating, special vegetation, and illumination that creates a unique and identifiable experience.
STANDARDS
A. The Primary Street designation shall follow
the streetscape plan established for Brand
Boulevard unless otherwise specified.
4.3 THE PEDESTRIAN REALM
ABOVE: View of Brand Boulevard streetscape with its
distinctive sidewalk paving.
ABOVE: Large canopy shade trees provide protection from the sun and add to the character of the street.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
125 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-55
Primary Streets typically include the following:
1. Streets that integrate pedestrian, bike, transit, and vehicle use
2. Signalized mid-block crossings
3. Enhanced streetscape of wide sidewalks with accent paving
4. Large canopy street trees
5. Public and semi-public outdoor space such as plazas & courtyards
6. Active street level uses and building facades that address the street
7. Well designed building entries and lobbies
8. The highest level of transit amenities
9. Pedestrian-scaled lighting, signage and wayfinding
10. Public Art
Vision for a Primary Street
1 3
4 2
7 6
9 Ordinance - Exhibit B
126 of 300
4-56 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.3.2 MIXED-USE COMMERCIAL STREET
Central Avenue, Broadway, and Colorado Avenue are Mixed-Use Commercial transit streets, also identified as secondary commercial streets, and typically feature wide roadway widths, higher traffic volumes carrying transit vehicles, two travel lanes in each direction, and on-street parking. Within the Downtown, these streets are fronted by the newer residential and mixed-use projects, as well as existing commercial buildings.
4.3 THE PEDESTRIAN REALM
STANDARDS
A. All parkways shall be a minimum of 5 feet in
width from face of curb and provide a 4 foot
wide paved area every 20 feet to allow for
unloading of vehicles.
B. Sidewalks shall be a minimum 10 feet wide with
no overlapping use by urban amenities such as
cafe seating, trash receptacles and signage.
C. The building adjacent zone shall be a minimum
3 feet in depth and used for a minimum of 50%
outdoor seating. The balance shall be used for
landscaping or residential stoops.
D. The ground floor of the building frontage
shall be a minimum of 16 feet in height and a
maximum of 20 feet.
E. Retail and neighborhood services are preferred
uses along Mixed-Use Commercial streets and
shall comprise more than 50% of the entire
project frontage.
F. Commercial storefronts shall follow the
standards established in Section 4.2.9.
G. Commercial entries shall be provided every 50
linear feet at a minimum.
H. 75% of the street elevation shall be
transparent.
I. Residential uses on Mixed-Use Commercial
streets should be less than 50% of the street
frontage and shall follow the standards
established in Section 4.2.11.
J. Seating shall be provided at a ratio of one seat
for every 50 linear feet in the parkway zone.
K. Public art may be located within the parkway
zone.
L. Frontage Streets shall include the same
standards as Mixed-Use Commercial with the
following exceptions:
1. Parkways shall be 8 feet wide; no paved area
for unloading of vehicles is required.
2. Sidewalk widths shall be 6 feet wide.
3. Retail and neighborhood services shall
comprise no more than 25% of the entire
project frontage.
4. 50% of the ground floor facade or elevation
shall be transparent.
ABOVE: Maximum street level transparency provides interest and personal safety for passersby and pedestrians.
ABOVE: Pockets of landscaping, street furnishings and
pedestrian-scaled amenities such as lighting, signage and banners can visually activate areas that may otherwise be less inviting
Ordinance - Exhibit B
127 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-57
Mixed-Use Commercial Streets typically feature the following:
1. Streets that integrate pedestrian, bike, transit, and auto use
2. A walkable street with broad, unobstructed sidewalks, accent paving and street furnishings
3. Closely spaced street trees
4. Expanded sidewalks at intersections that accommodate transit amenities
5. A building adjacent zone for cafe seating, planters and similar urban amenities
6. Integrated public & semi-public outdoor space such as plazas & courtyards
7. Active street level uses
8. Storefronts are varied, highly transparent, and add character to the streetscape
9. Planted parkways
10. Pedestrian-scaled lighting, signage and wayfinding
11. Public Art
Vision for a Mixed-Use Commercial Street
1 5
2 7
11 3
9 6
8 10
Ordinance - Exhibit B
128 of 300
4-58 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.3.3 MIXED-USE RESIDENTIAL STREET
Many of the east-west streets (Doran, Milford, Lexington, California) and the majority of Orange Street are classified as having residential mixed-use frontages. Having narrower street widths and public rights-of-way than commercial mixed-use streets, these street types feature the secondary or rear elevations of newer developments fronting Central Avenue, and shall maintain a pedestrian experience for the existing projects, as well as future developments, given that a significant portion of Orange Street is prime for redevelopment.
4.3 THE PEDESTRIAN REALM
OPPOSITE TOP: A wide sidewalk, pedestrian-scaled features such as building materials, street lighting and signage, and the close spacing of street trees elevate the quality of a streetscape.
MIDDLE: Larger buildings maintain a pedestrian-scale
sensitivity through materials, detailing and facade modulation respectful of the existing context.
BOTTOM: Walkable streets provide a sense of security for pedestrians through active and passive ‘eyes on the street’.
STANDARDS
A. All parkways shall be a minimum width of 5
feet from face of curb and shall provide a 4
foot wide paved area every 20 feet to allow for
unloading of vehicles.
B. Sidewalks shall be a minimum 8 feet wide with
no overlapping use by urban amenities such as
cafe seating, trash receptacles and signage.
C. The building adjacent zone shall be an average
3 feet in depth and used for residential stoops,
landscaping or commercial uses.
D. All landscaped areas shall contain a
combination of low, medium, and tall plant
materials aappro-priate for an interesting and
effective landscape.
E. The ground floor of the building frontage
shall be a minimum of 12 feet in height and a
maximum of 16 feet.
F. Residential stoops are preferred on Mixed-Use
Residential streets and shall comprise more
than 50% of the entire project frontage.
G. Residential stoops and entries shall follow the
standards established in Section 4.2.11.
H. Commercial uses on Mixed-Use Residential
streets are acceptable, meeting the standards
established in Section 4.2.9.
I. Public art may be located within the parkway
zone.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
129 of 300
6 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-59
Vision for a Mixed-Use Residential Street
1 Mixed-Use Residential Streets typically feature the following:
1. Streets that integrate pedestrian, bike, transit, and vehicle use
2. Enhanced streetscape of wide sidewalks
3. Closely spaced street trees
4. Planted parkways
5. Integrated publicly accessible open space such as courtyards, plazas or paseos
6. Active ground level uses and a high-level of facade transparency
7. Residential stoops and unit entries within a landscaped setback
8. Building facades address the street and feature durable, human-scaled materials
9. Resident balconies on upper floors are an activating feature of the building facade
10. Pedestrian-scaled lighting, signage and wayfinding
11. On-site Public Art
4 2
10 10
9 3
8 5
7 Ordinance - Exhibit B
130 of 300
4-60 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
STANDARDS
A. All parkways shall be 4 feet wide from face of
curb.
B. Sidewalks shall be a minimum 6 feet wide with
no overlapping use by urban amenities such as
cafe seating, trash receptacles and signage.
C. The building adjacent zone shall be an average
of 5 feet in depth and shall be used primarily for
residential stoops and entries. The balance shall
be used for landscaping or commercial uses if
permitted.
D. All landscaped areas shall contain a
combination of low, medium, and tall plant
materials aappropriate for an interesting and
effective landscape.
E. The minimum ground floor building frontage
height shall be 10 feet for at grade residential
entries and 13 feet for raised residential
entries. A maximum height 16 feet is allowed.
F. Residential stoops and entries shall follow the
standards established in Section 4.2.11.
G. Commercial uses on residential streets are
acceptable, meeting the standards established
in Section 4.2.9.
4.3.4 RESIDENTIAL STREET
Residential streets are located in the East Broadway District, where landscaped setbacks from the sidewalk are required. This area builds upon the mixed-use, moderate to high-density of this area with newer mixeduse projects featuring upper level housing and retail, services, office, live/work and/or residential along the ground floor. This area includes a number of civic and cultural uses and historic buildings, which have their own unique frontages.
4.3 THE PEDESTRIAN REALM
ABOVE: Building setbacks, parkways, and vegetation within the building adjacent zone can create a distinctly residential character, befitting of the less intense uses within the street typology.
ABOVE: A raised or at grade residential entry close to the public realm can increase safety through “eyes on the street”. Raised entries can maintain privacy.
ABOVE: A residential streetscape shall be walkable and feature pedestrian-scaled materials, proportions and detailing.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
131 of 300
6 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-61
Vision for a Residential Street
2 9
Residential Streets typically feature the following:
1. Enhanced streetscape of wide sidewalks and closely spaced street trees for shade and character
2. Residential stoops and unit entries within a landscaped setback (see Section 4.2.11)
3. Ground level porches that maintain an open and softened character. (see Section 4.2.11)
4. Planters have drought tolerant and varied height plants for an interesting & effective landscape
5. Integrated publicly accessible open space such as a courtyards, plazas or paseos
6. Building facades address the street and feature durable, human-scaled materials
7. Resident balconies on upper floors are an activating feature of the building facade
8. Planted parkways that may feature public art
9. Pedestrian-scaled lighting, signage and wayfinding
10. On-site Public Art
1 7
8 3
4 Ordinance - Exhibit B
132 of 300
4-62 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
4.3.5 ENTERTAINMENT STREET
This street type refers to the two-block long Artsakh Avenue (previously Maryland Avenue) between Wilson Avenue and Harvard Street that was established as Glendale’s “Art and Entertainment District”.
Anchored by the Laemmle Theaters to the north and the Central Library to the south, the area features its own decorative street paving, a narrower, intimate scale on the northerly block, and a wider, more expansive experience on the southerly block. The street backs up against two larger mixed-use commercial developments – The Exchange and The Marketplace. Artsakh was approved in 2018 for a re-visioning programming project, and the street design shall be governed by the final project approved by City Council.
4.3 THE PEDESTRIAN REALM
ABOVE: Storefronts that allow for a seamless transparency between indoor and outdoor activities are positive gestures for increasing and attracting more pedestrians.
ABOVE: Gateways and signage can create an experience as users arrive at entertainment or special use streets, while supporting the distinct and unique identity of that street.
STANDARDS
A. Streets designated as Entertainment shall
follow their individual streetscape plans.
ABOVE: Entertainment Streets exhibit a high-energy char-acter through accent lighting, festive street furnishings and activities that attract patrons and pedestrians.
Ordinance - Exhibit B
133 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 4-63
Vision for an Entertainment Street
Entertainment Streets typically feature the following:
1. Enhanced streetscape of wide sidewalks, accent paving, decorative planters & street trees
2. Pedestrian safety measures including traffic calming and crosswalks
3. Pedestrian amenities include seating, trash receptacles, signage & wayfinding
4. Building facades are creatively designed with durable, and human-scaled materials
5. Storefronts are fully operable doors & windows allowing dining & drinking establishments to engage the public realm
6. Pedestrian-scaled lighting
7. Creative lighting elements such as market lights and neon lighting
8. District gateway signage or markers
9. Public Art
6 5
1 8
8 3
4 Ordinance - Exhibit B
134 of 300
4-64 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
Ordinance - Exhibit B
135 of 300
Ordinance - Exhibit C
136 of 300
Ordinance - Exhibit C
137 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 5-1
OPEN SPACE
Well-designed open spaces are vital to an urban
environment to provide relief and landscaping in contrast to the built forms and streets. The DSP is committed to ensuring that public open space be usable and attractive, and that it contributes to a network of Downtown
open spaces. Downtown’s planned open space system
emphasizes physical and functional linkages between
neighborhoods within and around the Specific Plan area
and parks. In addition, community benefits have been
identified to encourage the creation of publicly accessible open space, as well as outdoor activity areas in conjunction with private development. These policies are intended to create open spaces within five minute walking distances of one another in Downtown.
5 Ordinance - Exhibit C
138 of 300
5-2 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
5.1.1 Comprehensive Open Space System
Develop a comprehensive open space system
that provides a diverse range of outdoor
opportunities for residents, workers, and
visitors.
5.1.2 Walking Distance
Provide public open space within walking
distance of all Downtown residents and
employees.
5.1.3 Access to Regional Open Space Sites
Improve accessibility to regional recreational,
leisure, and cultural opportunities outside the
DSP area, such as Griffith Park, the LA Zoo
and Autry Center, the Los Angeles River, and
the Verdugo Mountains.
5.1.4 Excellent Design
Make the new public parks, plazas and
courtyards harmonious, inspirational, and
sources of community pride and identity
through design excellence.
5.1.5 Parkland Acquisition Program
Establish a comprehensive program to obtain
new open space locations in Downtown using
a variety of techniques. Ideally, one large
park or civic space, at least one acre in size,
will be provided in the northwestern portion
of the downtown, as a counterpoint to the
current Central Park. The Orange Central
district would make an ideal location for this
park, which would serve open space needs
of moderate to high-rise residential projects
in the downtown, downtown employees, and
adjacent neighborhoods.
5.1 OPEN SPACE POLICIES
Ordinance - Exhibit C
139 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 5-3
5.1.6 Smaller Open Spaces
Pursue opportunities to enhance existing
and create new smaller open spaces. These
smaller spaces can include public plazas,
courtyards, and pocket parks, on portions of
blocks throughout Downtown to supplement
the larger public open spaces, provide
local focus points, and diversify the built
environment.
5.1.7 Green Streets
Focus on excellent urban design to improve
Downtown streets as an essential element
of the open space system as tree-lined open
spaces and continuous recreational paths.
5.1.8 Private Open Space
Require private common open space as part
of all large new residential and mixed-use
developments.
5.1.9 Strategic Improvements of Existing
Open Space
Implement a program to reclaim open spaces
that have deteriorated, have design features
that limit access and use opportunities, and/
or are in need of activity and revitalization.
Ordinance - Exhibit C
140 of 300
5-4 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
5.2 OPEN SPACE NETWORK
The open space network shows the existing pattern
of pedestrian streets and open spaces, and potential
opportunities for new pedestrian connections and
open spaces. The open space standards and urban
design concepts emphasize non-traditional use of
land such as small urban plazas, upgrading alleys as
paseos, dedicating portions of wide sidewalks for
social and recreational uses, and street closings for
special events. The Community Benefit Program
encourages additional publicly accessible open
space that contributes to the overall network of
open spaces.
Pedestrian streets include shopping streets such as
Brand Boulevard and future pedestrian streets such
as Orange Street. Pedestrian connector streets are
also an essential part of the overall walking system
in Downtown. These streets have wider sidewalks,
streetscape and ground floor uses that result in a
comfortable and continuous pedestrian experience.
Orange and Artsakh are important north-south
pedestrian streets. Wilson, Lexington and California
are important east-west pedestrian connector
streets. Brand Boulevard is Glendale’s “main
signature street” and Broadway is an important civic
street. Both of these streets emphasize pedestrian
friendly design. Standards for setbacks and building
frontages are described in Chapter 4; mobility
standards for pedestrian streets are discussed in
Chapter 6.
Existing public open spaces include public parks and
open spaces. The Central Park containing the Adult
Recreation Center and Central Library has served
as the primary downtown public park; in early 2019,
City Council approved a master plan for the Central
Park that will provide for the inclusion of the future
Armenian American Museum while also augmenting
the landscape open space and recreation facilities
that will replace the existing surface parking lots.
The City Hall campus grounds, also known as the
Perkins Plaza, is a second public open space within
the Downtown. The Town Center project, the
Americana at Brand, adds a third urban open space.
Potential open spaces are candidate sites for
additional or expanded public parks and plazas. A
fourth park opportunity exists south of the Central
Park at the site of the Glendale Armory. A fifth
site may be created by “capping” the 134 Freeway
between Central Avenue and Brand Boulevard,
potentially in conjunction with a transit plaza for
transfers between local and regional east-west
commuter traffic (additionally described in Chapter
6). The need for a sixth site has been identified in the Orange-Central area. Additional opportunities are
identified for “pocket parks” or mini-plazas at sites
located on minor view corridors.
Private pedestrian plazas, paseos and courtyards
add variety and scale to the public open space
system. The open space network identifies potential
links to the existing system of private open spaces in
the Downtown.
Opportunities for strategic improvements to
current public parks and private plazas within
the Downtown are identified in the interest of
maximizing present open space resources. Some
of the sites identified are currently drive-through
areas which could be reconfigured for use as
parks or plazas; some are under-utilized plazas
associated with office buildings; others are paseos
through private development for which physical
enhancements are desired; and others include the
public parks within Downtown.
Potential pedestrian passages include existing
alleys, opportunities for mid-block passages and
enhanced sidewalk access to existing developments
such as the Glendale Galleria and the Exchange
mixed-use complex. These passages will provide
additional access to Downtown’s attractions and
amenities by creating a secondary pedestrian
network in addition to the present sidewalks aligned
with the street grid.
Ordinance - Exhibit C
141 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 5-5
OPEN SPACE NETWORK
Pedestrian Streets
Potential Open Space
Existing Public Plazas / Parks
Candidate Sites for Strategic
Improvements
Existing Private Plazas / Paseos
Existing Pedestrian Passages
Potential Pedestrian Passages
FIGURE 5-A
N
0 150 300 600ft
Bikeways per adopted
Bicycle Transportation Plan (2012)
CENTRAL
BRAND
LOUISE
COLUMBUS
WILSON
JACKSON
SR-134 FREEWAY
ISABEL
BROADWAY
COLORADO
LEXINGTON
CALIFORNIA
KENWOOD
GLENDALE
ELK
ARDEN
MONTEREY
SALEM
MYRTLE
MILFORD
PIONEER
BURCHETT
GLENOAKS
DORAN
MARYLAND
ORANGE GROVE
HARVARD
ORANGE
DORAN
FIGURE 5-A
OPEN SPACE NETWORK
Amended by Ord No. 5815, 5865
Ordinance - Exhibit C
142 of 300
5-6 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Alex Theater Area A Alex Theater Area B Broadway Center Area ABroadway Center Area BBroadway Center Area CCivic CentersEast BroadwayGalleriaGatewayMarylandMid-OrangeOrange CentralTown CenterTransitional Project Size Open Space Requirement as Percentage of Overall Site <10,000SF 0% 10% N/A 10% TCSP 10%
≥10,000SF to 3.0 FAR 0% 10% 20% N/A 20% TCSP 20%
Over 3.0 FAR N/A 20% (+ additional open space at a ratio of 1% for every 0.5 FAR over 3.0 FAR for buildings less than 85 ft in height)
5.3 OPEN SPACE REQUIREMENTS
5.3.1 Open Space
All new development on lots with a street frontage
greater than 50 feet shall provide Open Space
per Table 5-A.
• Open space shall be designed to be integrated
into the overall design of new developments,
surrounding buildings, and existing open space.
• 100% non-residential developments only need
to provide the publicly accessible open space
required by Section 5.3.2.
5.3.2 Publicly Accessible Open Space
At least 50% of open space required by Section
5.3.1 shall be publicly accessible open space. All
required publicly accessible open space shall
comply with the design standards in Section 5.4
and the following:
• 100% of all publicly accessible open space
shall be open to the sky, except as permitted in
Section 5.4 and for paseos, as noted below. No
building projections may occupy this space at
any level of the building.
• 85% of the required publicly accessible open
space must be in a contiguous space.
• Publicly accessible open space provided as a
paseo shall be open to the sky a minimum of
75% (see Section 5.4.B)
• All required publicly accessible open space
must be at the same elevation as street level
sidewalks.
Open space as part of all new development is an essential part in helping make Downtown Glendale a pleasant and hospitable environment that encourages outdoor activity throughout the year. The Plan requires open space in conjunction with new development to meet the needs of residents, businesses and other users. In order to address the diverse needs of all users while increasing usable open space in Downtown, the following must be provided:
TABLE 5-A
Amended by Ord No. 5865, 5923
Ordinance - Exhibit C
143 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 5-7
5.3.3 Residential Development Open
Space
New residential development shall meet the
requirements of 5.3 (1) and (2) and shall also
provide additional outdoor space equal to a
minimum of 140 square feet per residential and/or
live-work unit.
• Required private outdoor space for residential
developments may be provided as: publicly
accessible open space (above the minimum
requirement and not counted towards any
bonus required or requested per Chapter 7),
common open space (interior courtyards and
decks), or private outdoor space (balconies,
decks and patios).
• Such required open space must comply
with the standards in DSP 5.5 – Residential
Development Open Space.
5.3.4 Community Benefit Program for
Additional Publicly Accessible Open
Space
Developments providing additional publicly
accessible open space, as identified in Chapter 7 -
Community Benefits, may be eligible to achieve the
maximum height and floor area. Such open space
must be directly accessible from one or more public
streets for maximum visibility and access, must
comply with the standards listed in Chapter 7, and
must be approved by City Council in conjunction
with a Stage I and/or Stage II Design Review.
• Any area used or accessed by vehicles except
for paseos as noted in Section 5.4
• Area occupied by subterranean garage
ventilation
• Circulation areas (paths of travel, etc) that
exceed 10% of the total contiguous open
space
• Private outdoor dining within publicly
accessible open space
• Ground floor space under an upper floor
balcony (not open to the sky)
• Required street setbacks as defined in Table
4-B
What Does Not Qualify as
Publicly Accessible Open Space?
ABOVE: Well designed publicly accessible open space can include features and vegetation that offer a respite from the urban environment.
Amended by Ord No. 5865, 5923
Ordinance - Exhibit C
144 of 300
5-8 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
STANDARDS
A. Dimensions
1. Shall have a minimum area of 1,200 square feet
and minimum dimensions of 30 feet by 40 feet,
except if the required area is less per Table 5-A.
In such instances, the length of the courtyard
shall be approximately the same as its width.
B. Accessibility
1. Shall be adjacent and open to a public street
and sidewalk of a primary building façade, on
one or two-sides (courtyard or plaza) with an
unobstructed opening dimension of 30 feet on
any open side, unless as noted. An exception
is publicly accessible open space in transition
districts may be located at the rear of the site
with a minimum street edge exposure of 30
feet. An alley shall not be considered a public
street.
2. Security fences, walls, and entry gates shall not
obstruct access from the sidewalk during open
hours.
3. Raised planters shall not be located along
the perimeter and used to privatize publicly
accessible open space.
4. Shall be open and accessible to the public at a
minimum from 7am to 10pm.
5. Signage shall identify the open space as a
public amenity and the hours of accessibility
per Section 7.3.1.E.
6. Vehicular access, loading and parking uses shall
be prohibited.
5.4 PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE OPEN SPACE
COURTYARDS & PLAZAS are outdoor rooms designed for public use and are defined by surrounding buildings and/or streets. Primary functions are to encourage a diversity of opportunities for social interaction and activities, to provide relief and relaxation, to expand and reinforce the public realm, and to contribute to the livability and general amenity of the downtown and other adjacent parts of the city. They enhance the downtown environment and are a benefit for the property owners. Proposed uses and design should be determined as part of the overall project design process and shall comply with the established design standards.
C. Materials
1. Courtyards and plazas shall be of high-quality
materials. Careful detailing shall include
consideration of materials, their durability and
appearance. No more than 25% of the area
may be paved in standard concrete.
2. Street-level facade standards (see Chapter 4)
shall be applied to facades fronting onto the
open space.
5.4.1 COURTYARDS & PLAZAS
Ordinance - Exhibit C
145 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 5-9
D. Landscaping
1. At least 25% of the courtyard surface shall be
landscaped with live vegetation. Shade trees
and gardens are strongly encouraged. All
landscaped areas shall contain a combination
of low, medium, and tall plant materials as
appropriate.
2. A minimum of one 36-inch box shade tree shall
be provided per 600 square feet of public open
space in a planting area of at least 6 ft x 6 ft x 3
ft deep. At the time of planting, trees shall be
at least 12-feet tall with a 2-inch caliper, 6-inch
above the topmost root.
3. A maximum of 25% of the required landscaping
shall be in raised planters and not located
on the streetside perimeter; the remaining
planting areas shall be at the same elevation as
the adjacent paving. Planted areas may berm
up within the perimeter at no more than a 3:1
slope. Minimum planting and soils area shall be
24-inch by 24-inch by 24-inch (24” x 24” x 24”).
Where a tree is planted the minimum area and
depth shall be increased to 42-inch by 42-inch
by 36-inch (42” x 42” x 36”). Planters should
have a 12 inch ledge for seating.
4. The property owner or agent shall maintain
open space and landscaping within the publicly
accessible open space. See G.M.C. 30.31.020.B
for preparation of plans and installation of
landscaping and irrigation in the DSP.
Ordinance - Exhibit C
146 of 300
5-10 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
E. Amenities
1. Seating at the ratio of one seat per 200 square
feet of courtyard/plaza area shall be provided,
in addition to any permitted outdoor dining,
in dispersed locations throughout the space.
Seating shall be either movable chairs, or fixed
seats or benches, where such seats shall be 18
lineal inches each. Movable seating is strongly
encouraged.
2. Storefront and unit entries fronting on the
open space shall be designed and lighted to
address safety and avoid unsafe conditions such
as limited visibility, poor illumination, or dark
corners.
3. A majority of the open space should have access
to sunlight for the duration of daylight hours. A
mix of direct sunlight and shade is encouraged.
Freestanding shading devices (single installation
on the ground, such as trellis, patio covers,
etc) shall be permitted within the open space,
provided no more than 50% of the open space is
covered.
4. Permanent building projections, including
cantilevered overhangs or balconies, may not
project over the open space.
5. Open space shall be inviting and wellilluminated at night with pedestrian-scaled lighting to address public safety. Fixtures may
include low-level lights and overhead lights
attached to building walls.
6. A special feature (public art, water feature,
specimen tree, or other such focal point) shall
be provided for each publicly accessible open
space plaza or courtyard.
7. Bike racks, scooter parking areas, waste
receptacles, and other street furnishings shall
be provided, as identified in Table 5-B.
8. All publicly accessible open space shall follow
the safety standards and considerations
as defined by Crime Prevention Through
Environmental Design (CPTED).
9. Lighting shall be pedestrian-scaled and may
include low-level bollard lights or overhead
wall mounted fixture for a well illuminated
area.
5.4.1 COURTYARDS & PLAZAS (cont’d)
5.4 PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE OPEN SPACE (cont’d)
ABOVE: A functional public art installation provides plaza users a shaded area for gathering.
ABOVE: A daytime trellis structure becomes a nighttime public art statement.
Ordinance - Exhibit C
147 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 5-11
Vision or a Publicly Accessible Plaza
Publicly Accessible Courtyard & Plaza features typically include:
• Open to the Sky
• A minimum dimension of 30 ft x 40 ft
• Fully accessible on one or two sides
• Located at the same elevation as the adjacent sidewalk • A special feature such as public art, a water feature or specimen tree. • Storefronts, Stoops or Unit Entries lining the edges
• Facades with human-scaled materials
• Large canopy trees
• Landscaping primarily at grade
• Pedestrian-scaled lighting, signage and wayfinding
• Street furnishings: seating, waste receptacles etc.
• No vehicle access
Ordinance - Exhibit C
148 of 300
5-12 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
STANDARDS
A. Dimensions
1. Paseos shall not be more than 30 feet nor less
than 20 feet wide. The directly adjacent building
walls framing the paseo may not be greater than
three times in elevation height than the width of
the paseo. The building above this height must
be setback a minimum of 20 feet.
B. Accessibility
1. Paseos shall abut the public right-of-way, be
physically and visually accessible from the
public sidewalk, and must connect a public
street with a different public street or alley.
2. Paseos must be at the same elevation as the
public sidewalk. No security fences, walls
or entry gates shall block passage during
established hours.
3. Signage shall identify the paseo as a public
amenity.
4. Vehicular access, loading and parking uses shall
be prohibited within the paseo during hours of
public accessibility.
5.4 PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE OPEN SPACE (cont’d)
PASEOS are narrow pedestrian passages that serve as mid-block crossings or access to interior courtyards.
Their intimate scale and safety from vehicular traffic/noise makes them potentially vibrant destinations.
Paseos are common to warm climates, where their sense of enclosure and relative shade also makes them an attractive alternative to street retail. Paseos should comply with the following design standards:
C. Materials
1. Paseos shall feature high quality, durable
materials applied in a carefully detailed
manner.
2. Decorative paving compatible with the style of
the adjacent structures shall be applied with
no more than 25% of the paseo being paved in
standard concrete.
3. Street-level facade standards (described in
Chapter 4) shall be applied to facades fronting
onto the open space.
5.4.2 PASEOS
ABOVE: Market lights add a festive and inviting design feature to a paseo for evening activities.
ABOVE: Storefronts, stoops and ground level entries help to animate the building facades and activate the paseo.
Ordinance - Exhibit C
149 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 5-13
D. Landscaping
1. A minimum of 10% of the paseo area shall
be landscaped with live landscaping. All
landscaped areas shall contain a combination
of low, medium, and tall plant materials as
appropriate.
2. A minimum of one 24-inch box shade tree shall
be installed per 750 square feet of paseo area.
3. Planters shall have a minimum soils area of 24
inches by 24 inches by 24 inches (24” x 24” x
24”), except where a tree is required, at which
point the area and depth shall be increased
to a minimum of 42 inches by 42 inches by 36
inches (42” x 42” x 36”).
4. The property owner or his/her agent shall
maintain open space and landscaping within
the publicly accessible open space. See G.M.C.
30.31.020.B for preparation of plans and
installation of landscaping and irrigation in the
DSP.
ABOVE: A paseo (plan view) with a creatively designed paving pattern that transitions from inground planted edges - to opencelled concrete pavers - to alternating bands of running course brick pavers and concrete.
ABOVE: A well-landscaped paseo between two buildings acts as a transition space between a taller building adjacent to a lower height structure while providing connectivity through the block.
Ordinance - Exhibit C
150 of 300
5-14 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
E. Amenities
1. Seating at the ratio of one seat per 200 square
feet of paseo area shall be provided, in addition
to any permitted outdoor dining, in dispersed
locations throughout the space. Seating shall
be either movable chairs, or fixed seats or
benches, where such seats shall be construed
to be 18 lineal inches each. Movable seating is
strongly encouraged.
2. Storefronts, unit entries or stoops shall front
onto the paseo when possible and shall be
designed and lighted to address safety.
3. A majority of the paseo should have access
to sunlight for the duration of daylight hours.
A mix of direct sunlight and shade should be
provided.
4. Overhead structures, including canopies,
awnings, cantilevered overhangs, or balconies,
cannot project greater than 24 inches into the
paseo and cannot cover greater than 25% of its
area. The remaining 75% must be open to the
sky, although freestanding shade structures
(trellises, patio covers, etc) shall be allowed,
but a minimum of 50% of the paseo must
remain uncovered.
5 A special feature, such as public art or a water
feature shall be provided for each publicly
accessible open space paseo.
6. Bike racks, scooter parking areas, waste
receptacles, and other street furnishings shall
be provided in the paseo, as identified in Table
5-B.
7. Lighting shall be pedestrian-scaled and may
include low-level bollard lights or overhead
wall mounted fixtures for a well illuminated
area.
ABOVE: An inviting paseo between adjacent residential projects provides through block connectivity via an open to the sky passageway lined with public art statements, pedestrian-scaled lighting, seating, ground level uses and overlooking balconies.
5.4.2 PASEOS (cont’d)
5.4 PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE OPEN SPACE (cont’d)
ABOVE: A building wall-mural of cast panels provides a public art backdrop to a paseo.
BELOW: A seat wall made of natural stone slabs.
Ordinance - Exhibit C
151 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 5-15
Vision for a Publicly Accessible Paseo
Publicly Accessible Paseo features typically include the following:
• Open to the Sky
• A width of 20 feet to 30 feet in width
• Connects a public street to another public street or alley • Is located at the same elevation as the adjacent sidewalk • A special feature such as public art, a water feature or specimen tree. • Storefronts, Stoops or Unit Entries linng the edges
• Facades with human-scaled materials
• Large canopy trees
• Landscaping primarily at grade
• Pedestrian-scaled lighting, signage and wayfinding
• Street furnishings: seating, waste receptacles etc.
• Restricted vehicle access
Ordinance - Exhibit C
152 of 300
13 1
7 8
9 5-16 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
5.4 PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE OPEN SPACE (cont’d)
1. At sidewalk level and accessibility hours posted
2. 25% minimum landscaping at Courtyards & Plazas
3. 10% minimum landscaping at Paseos
4. Seating for relaxing or gathering
5. Large canopy trees for shade & character
6. Shaded area for protection from sun when desired
7. Pedestrian-scaled lighting
Example of Publicly Accessible Plaza
Example of Publicly Accessible Paseo
8. Lined by storefronts, stoops or shared entries
9. Open to the sky
10. Enhanced paving
11. Planters are primarily in ground
12. Facades use high quality & human-scaled materials
13. Trash receptacles
14. Special Feature: fountain, public art or specimen tree 3 4
5 7
9 10 11
12 14
1 8
5 10
12 4
2 6
11 14
1 7
8 Ordinance - Exhibit C
153 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 5-17
PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE OPEN SPACE
FEATURES COURTYARDS & PLAZAS PASEOS
Minimum Area 1,200 SF NA
Minimum Dimensions 30-ft x 40-ft Width: 20 ft min. - 30 ft max.
Accessibility
Signage Required identification as public amenity + hours of accessibility Sidewalk elevation Required with no obstructions
Landscaping
% of Total Area 25% minimum 10% minimum
Trees 1 tree / 600 SF minimum 1 tree / 750 SF minimum
Raised Planters Maximum 25% of provided Maximum 25% of provided Materials
Enhanced Paving Required with 25% standard concrete paving maximum Amenities
Seating 1 / 200 SF minimum 1 / 200 SF minimum
Lighting Pedestrian-scaled
Special Feature Required See 5.4.2 Paseo Amenities
Trash receptacles 1 / 1,000 SF minimum
Bike & Scooter Racks To be parked outside of the publicly accessible open space Overhangs /Overhead Structures Not allowed 25% - See 5.4.2 Paseo Amenities Storefronts Required when code allows (see Chapter 4.2.9 Storefronts for standards) Stoops Required when code allows (see Chapter 4.2.11 Stoops for standards) TABLE 5-B: Table of Standards and Requirements
Ordinance - Exhibit C
154 of 300
5-18 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
5.5 RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT OPEN SPACE
Additional open space is required for mixed-use and multi-family residential developments to ensure a quality of life standard, and access to light and air for building residents, occupants and guests. A minimum of 140 square feet of open space is required for each residential and live-work unit. This open space may be provided in the form of common open space (interior courtyards and rooftop decks), private outdoor space (balconies, decks and patios), or a combination.
Note: Required residential development open space above the minimum DSP requirement shall not count towards any bonus requested per Chapter 7.
STANDARDS
A. To provide the greatest opportunities for an
active, safe and inviting streetscape, all such
open space should be located where it can be
visually connected to the street, activate the
facade of the building, or add variation to the
building mass.
B. Common open space provided in the form of
interior courtyards and rooftop decks should
be designed as one or two large, contiguous
spaces and not many scattered, separate
spaces and shall comply with the following:
1. Open space must be designed for a mix of
active and passive uses and/or activities.
2. Building codes shall dictate the minimum
sizes of these common open space areas.
3. Seating is to be provided through the use
of portable or fixed site furniture or edges
along planters and/or fountains.
4. Open space shall be inviting and wellilluminated at night with pedestrian-scaled lighting to address public safety. Fixtures
may include low-level lights and overhead
lights attached to building walls. ABOVE: An entry portal offers views into an interior courtyard for a passerby or a building separation that forms a private, gated entry courtyard are ways that private open space can be visually connected to the street.
Ordinance - Exhibit C
155 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 5-19
C. Private open space provided in the form of
balconies, decks and patios shall comply with
the following:
1. Private open space shall have a minimum
area of 40-square feet, a minimum length
and width of four feet, and shall be directly
accessible and an integral part of the unit
which it serves.
2. Balconies must comply with the design
standards of Chapter 4 (4.2.14).
D. Landscaping
1. A minimum of 20% of the total required
open space for residential developments
provided in the form of common open space
must be landscaped with live plant material.
Artificial turf shall not be counted towards
the live landscaping requirement.
2. Landscaping of new projects shall enhance
the building’s architecture, public and
common open spaces, and buffer adjacent
residential land use.
3. Landscaping should include shaded areas
with canopy trees. The tree species, when
grown to a mature height and healthy
spread, should be of a scale to reduce the
vertical proportioning of any courtyard.
4. Permanent landscaping shall consist of
landscaped areas at the ground level or in
planters having a minimum length, width,
diameter and depth of 24 inches, except
where a tree is required, at which point
the area and depth shall be increased to
a minimum of 42 inches x 42 inches x 36
inches (42” x 42” x 36”).
5. All landscaped areas shall contain a
combination of low, medium, and tall plant
materials as appropriate.
ABOVE: Private courtyards should include landscaping, seating, and play structures.
Ordinance - Exhibit C
156 of 300
5-20 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
Public artworks animate the vision and values of urban life and help cultivate a changing and distinctive cityscape that enriches the experience of public places and the built environment.
Projects proposing to incorporate a public art component within its open space must follow the City’s Urban Art Program, which seeks to promote a diverse and stimulating cultural environment to enrich the quality of life for residents and visitors. The Program encourages the creative interaction of artists, developers, designers, city officials and community members during the design of development projects, in order to develop public art that is meaningful to the site and to the community.
5.6 PUBLIC ART PROGRAM
STANDARDS
A. All proposed art installations shall be
consistent with the Urban Art Implementation
Plan.
B. Art shall be integrated into building or open
space features such as walls, paving, and
amenities to the greatest extent feasible.
C. Applicable projects shall follow the
requirements of Chapter 30.37 - Urban Art
Program, of the Glendale Municipal Code
Amended by Reso No. 09-37; Ord No. 5720, 5923
Ordinance - Exhibit C
157 of 300
GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN 5-21
Ordinance - Exhibit C
158 of 300
5-22 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN
Ordinance - Exhibit C
159 of 300
7a
CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA
REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA ITEM
Report: Ordinances Amending the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) and Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, Regarding Miscellaneous Clean-Ups and Minor Amendments (General Plan Amendment Case No. PGPA2205740 and Zoning Code Text Amendment Case No. PZC2205401)
1. Ordinance for Adoption Amending the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP)
2. Ordinance for Adoption Amending Title 30
COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Ordinance for Adoption
Approved for September 20, 2022 calendar
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Miscellaneous clean-ups and minor amendments to the DSP, and associated Zoning Code standards related to the DSP, are being presented to City Council for adoption, as introduced and discussed on May 24, 2022.
160 of 300
2 a 7
COUNCIL PRIORITIES
N/A
RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council adopt the proposed amendments to the DSP and Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995.
BACKGROUND
Miscellaneous clean-ups and minor amendments to the DSP and associated Zoning Code standards related to the DSP are being presented to City Council for adoption, as introduced and discussed by Council on May 24, 2022, and following Planning Commission’s unanimous recommendation from May 4, 2022. However, due to graphic software issues and the need to redo/retype the three DSP chapters, the reformatting took much longer than expected and the completed DSP-related amendments are finally ready for adoption.
ANALYSIS
The list of DSP proposed amendments, which were initially identified in the July 17, 2020 staff report during the one-year DSP amendments update as necessary clean-ups and clarifications, and formally introduced and discussed during the Council meeting on May 24, 2022, focused primarily on clarifications and clean-ups to certain urban design standards in the DSP Chapter 4 - Urban Design. The amendment list also included a covenant requirement for all Publicly Accessible Open Spaces, as well as a prohibition of drive-through’s in the DSP, requiring a code modification to the Zoning Code’s Parking Chapter 30.32. Lastly, Council supported the two additional considerations presented by staff for introduction: a proposal to include veterinary offices as a permitted use in the DSP and a clean-up in the Zoning Code Section 30.14.060 for a DSP setback reference. Council introduced the amendments with no revisions, and the attached ordinances reflect the updates.
STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Public notices consistent with state law and Glendale Municipal Code were provided for the proposed amendments.
FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this report.
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
The Project has been determined to be exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under a Categorical Exemption, pursuant State CEQA Guidelines Section 15305 (Minor alterations in Land Use Limitations), because the Project consists of minor alterations in land use limitations in the DSP area, which has an average slope less than 20%, and which do not result in any changes in land uses generally permitted in the DSP or change the density. The majority of the amendments include the miscellaneous clean-ups and corresponding DSP reference reconciliations regarding 161 of 300
3 a 7
design standards in the DSP, as described in the May 24, 2022 Council report, including the detailed Environmental Review Section.
The Project has also been determined to be exempt from CEQA under Section 15061(b)(3) because the majority of the proposed amendments deal with clarifications and clean-ups to existing DSP design standards, and the minor additional amendments, as described above, do not affect the current development thresholds related to FAR, density and height, and do not have any potential for causing a significant effect on the environment.
CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.
ALTERNATIVES
Alternative 1: Adopt the ordinances amending the DSP and associated sections in Title 30, as described in the May 24, 2022 Council report.
Alternative 2: Do not adopt the ordinances amending the DSP and Title 30, in which case the development standards and guidelines in the DSP and Title 30 will remain as is.
Alternative 3: Propose revisions to the ordinances, which would require review by Planning Commission and the return of the amended ordinances to City Council at a later date.
Alternative 4: The City Council may consider any other alternative not proposed by staff.
ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Prepared by:
Vilia Zemaitaitis, AICP, Principal Planner
Reviewed by:
Bradley Calvert, AICP, City Manager
Gillian van Muyden, Chief Assistant City Attorney
Approved by:
Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager
EXHIBITS / ATTACHMENTS
1. City Council Staff Report dated May 24, 2022, with attachments 162 of 300
CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA
REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA ITEM
Public Hearing: Consideration of Ordinances Amending the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) and Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, Regarding Miscellaneous Clean-Ups and Minor Amendments (General Plan Amendment Case No.
PGPA2205740 and Zoning Code Text Amendment Case No. PZC2205401)
1. Ordinance for Introduction Amending the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP)
2. Ordinance for Introduction Amending Title 30
COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Ordinance for Introduction
Approved for May 24, 2022 calendar
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Ordinances for Introduction regarding miscellaneous clean-ups and minor amendments to the DSP and associated Zoning Code standards related to the DSP. The majority of the code amendments were initiated by City Council in July 2020 as part of staff’s report on pertaining to a requested update of Downtown Specific Plan standards a year following adoption and miscellaneous proposed code clarifications and clean-ups.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
163 of 300
2 COUNCIL PRIORITIES
N/A
RECOMMENDATION
That the City Council review the proposed amendments to the DSP and Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995, and introduce the ordinances as recommended by the Planning Commission.
BACKGROUND
On March 26, 2019, City Council adopted two ordinances: an urgency ordinance to amend the DSP (PGPA 1901560) and an ordinance to amend GMC Chapter 30.32 (PZC 1901561) regarding hotel parking. The DSP amendments were in response to improvements that Council and the public wanted to see in the development pattern of Downtown Glendale. These improvements included, but were not limited to: improved design, better materials, more publicly accessible open space, improved streetscapes and public realm, a greater focus on objective standards in lieu of subjective guidelines, an enhanced Community Benefit System, and a greater diversity in housing unit mix. At the time of adoption, Council requested staff to return after one year to provide an update on the performance of the new DSP standards based on projects that were submitted under the new standards. Staff presented that one-year update to City Council on July 7, 2020.
As part of that one-year update, staff also presented a number of proposed clean-ups and clarifications that would reduce potential conflicts in the code and to address unique or special circumstances that exist. While tracking the necessary clean-ups and clarifications, staff had also identified opportunities for additional improvements, as listed in the July 7th, 2020 staff report. At that meeting, City Council directed staff to proceed with the proposed DSP clean-ups and a number of staff’s proposed considerations. Several of the considerations related to the Design Review process for DSP projects have already been present to and approved by City Council; on October 27, 2020, Council adopted amendments related to the Design Review Stages and Design Review Authority for DSP projects. With a hotel moratorium in place, staff is also proceeding with a hotel study, post-Covid, to evaluate whether the hotel use incentive was still relevant given recent developments of new hotels and necessary for the DSP.
Staff will also be returning to Council with more information on a few other, significant policy considerations, such as Transfer of Development Rights in the DSP.
At this time, staff is presenting the DSP clean-ups and clarifications for ordinance introduction, as recommended by the Planning Commission.
ANALYSIS
Below is a list of DSP proposed amendments, as identified in the July 17, 2020 staff report as necessary clean-ups and clarifications, and discussed during the City Council meeting of that date for introduction:
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
164 of 300
3 Clarifications and Clean-Ups
Building Heights & Floor Area ratios (DSP 4.1.2)
Allows for an additional 10-15 feet for elevators and stair shafts only, consistent with other Zoning Code chapters.
Tall Buildings (DSP 4.2.1)
Clarifies that this section applies to all developments greater than 95 feet in height.
Amends the building height for Taller Buildings to be 95 feet, not 85 feet (DSP
4.2.1.A).
Eliminates the reference to Chapter 30.33 for high-rise facades that is obsolete (DSP 4.2.1.D).
Identifies that the tower step-back only applies to sites with lots greater than 150’ in depth. This is on the premise that sites smaller than 150’ in depth will already provide the intended narrow tower façade (DSP 4.2.1.M).
Modulation of Height (DSP 4.2.2)
Clarifies that this section applies to all developments less than 95 feet in height. Identifies that projects incorporating a corner element to fulfill the height modulation requirement (DSP 4.2.2.3) shall comply with the standards set forth in DSP 4.2.12 Corners. Additional clarifications are included in the subsequent Corner section. As it currently reads, it would appear that the corner treatment is the only modulation of height option, instead of the multitude of options provided by the code.
Building Separation (DSP 4.2.4)
Clarifies that this section applies to all developments less than 95 feet in height. Correlates the text that identifies a required building separation for buildings greater than 200 feet in length with the image that identifies a 250-foot minimum length, making them consistent with a 250-foot threshold.
Transitional Massing (DSP 4.2.5)
Clarifies that the transitional massing requirements shall apply to DSP properties directly adjacent to multi-family zones.
Corners (DSP 4.2.12)
Clarifies that this section applies only when a project is utilizing a corner treatment for the required height modulation section.
Clarifies that the corner feature may be differentiated with a 10 feet height differential in either direction; the corner feature need not be greater than 10 feet in height above the building mass.
Balconies (DSP 4.2.14)
Modifies the current DSP standard that calls out that not more than 40% of the balconies may project past the building façade and that the maximum projection shall be 25% of the balcony’s full depth (DSP 4.2.14.A) to accommodate creative design solutions. The standard also identifies the minimum area and width for balconies, consistent with such standards in the other Zoning Code districts.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
165 of 300
4 Corrected References
Correct the publicly accessible open space signage reference on Page 5-8, Section
5.4.1.B.5 from 7.2.4(E) (previous DSP version) to 7.3.1(E) (amended, current DSP).
Publicly Accessible Open Spaces and Drive-Through’s:
In addition to the above clean-ups and clarifications, Council also directed staff to amend the DSP to require covenants for publicly accessible open spaces (PAOS) and to prohibit drive-throughs in the DSP. The covenant amendment ensures that the PAOS areas continue to meet the intent and standards of the open space regulations in perpetuity. The prohibition of drive-throughs is based on the fact that a primary goal the DSP is to encourage walkable environments, while drive-throughs continue to encourage the use of automobiles and are in conflict with the pedestrian-oriented goals of the DSP. The requirement for publicly accessible open space covenants is addressed as an amendment to the DSP Section 4.1.4 Site Planning – Publicly Accessible Open Space, while the amendment prohibiting drive-throughs in the DSP is addressed in the Zoning Code GMC 30.32.090.H. Drive-Through Waiting Lane.
OTHER AMENDMENTS/CLARIFICATIONS
Staff recently came across two additional items for amendment consideration:
A proposed code amendment to the DSP Land Use Chart Table 3-A-1 to include veterinary offices; and
A clean-up regarding a reference to DSP setbacks in GMC 30.14.060 – Mixed Use Districts - DSP setback requirements and exceptions.
Currently, veterinary offices are not permitted by right in any of the DSP districts. The proposed amendment to allow veterinary offices in the DSP as a permitted land use would be consistent with other commercial and mixed-use district zoning. Note: Kennels are a separate land use and would still be prohibited in the DSP. Meanwhile, the proposed setback amendment would make the Zoning Code text consistent with the required setback requirements in the DSP’s Section 4.1.3 Building Setbacks.
PLANNING COMMISSION REVIEW
The proposed amendments were reviewed by the Planning Commission at a regularly scheduled meeting on May 4, 2022. The Planning Commission was supportive of the changes, and voted unanimously to recommend approval of the amendments to City Council.
STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Public notices consistent with state law and Glendale Municipal Code were provided for the proposed amendments.
FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this report.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
166 of 300
5 ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
The Project has been determined to be exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) under a Categorical Exemption, pursuant State CEQA Guidelines Section 15305 (Minor alterations in Land Use Limitations), because the Project consists of minor alterations in land use limitations in the DSP area, which has an average slope less than 20%, and which do not result in any changes in land uses generally permitted in the DSP or change the density. The majority of the amendments include the miscellaneous clean-ups and corresponding DSP reference reconciliations regarding design standards in the DSP. The additional minor amendments in the DSP, such as allowing stairwells and elevator shafts to exceed height standards, permitting veterinary offices, prohibiting drive-throughs, and requiring covenants for publicly accessible open space areas, are also considered minor alterations in land use limitations that would not result in significant environmental effects. The exceptions for stairwells and elevator shafts that exceed height limits would not impact the overall density or massing of buildings; medical offices uses are already permitted in the DSP, but not veterinary offices specifically, accordingly the addition of veterinary offices would be a complementary, office use that provides personal services for the residents and employees in the Downtown that is equivalent in impacts to the already permitted personal service and medical office uses in the DSP; the prohibition of drive-throughs would eliminate the conflict with the pedestrian-oriented goals and further the intent of the DSP standards to enhance the pedestrian experience while drive-thoughs would still be permitted in all other commercial, mixed-use and industrial zones throughout the city; and finally, a new requirement for recorded covenants to ensure publicly accessible open space are maintained as approved does not create any environmental impacts and is an appropriate means of guaranteeing such areas continue to meet the intent and standards of the open space regulations in perpetuity.
The Project has also been determined to be exempt from CEQA under Section 15061(b)(3) because the majority of the proposed amendments deal with clarifications and clean-ups to existing DSP design standards, and the minor additional amendments, as described above, do not affect the current development thresholds related to FAR, density and height, and do not have any potential for causing a significant effect on the environment.
CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.
ALTERNATIVES
Alternative 1: Introduce the ordinances amending the DSP and associated sections in Title 30, as described in this report.
Alternative 2: Do not introduce the ordinances amending the DSP and Title 30, in which case the development standards and guidelines in the DSP and Title 30 will remain as is.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
167 of 300
6 Alternative 3: Introduce the ordinances amending the DSP and Title 30, as described in this report, but with revisions.
Alternative 5: The City Council may consider any other alternative not proposed by staff.
ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Prepared by:
Vilia Zemaitaitis, AICP, Principal Planner
Reviewed by:
Bradley Calvert, AICP, Assistant Director of Community Development Gillian van Muyden, Chief Assistant City Attorney
Approved by:
Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager
EXHIBITS / ATTACHMENTS
1. Planning Commission’s Recommendation Motion dated May 4, 2022 Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
168 of 300
1 ORDINANCE NO. ________________
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA, AMENDING
DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN (DSP), REGARDING CLARIFICATIONS TO
CERTAIN URBAN DESIGN STANDARDS, AN UPDATE TO THE LAND USE
CHART TO ALLOW VETERINARY OFFICES, AND AN AMENDMENT TO REQUIRE A COVENANT FOR PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE OPEN SPACE (CASE NO.
PGPA2205740)
BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE:
SECTION 1. DSP Section 3.3 Land Uses & Permit Requirements - Land Use Chart Table 3-A-1 is hereby amended to include veterinary offices, as shown in Exhibit “A” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.
SECTION 2. DSP Chapter 4 – Urban Design, Sections 4.1.4 – Publicly Accessible Open Space, 4.1.2 – Building Heights & Floor Area Ratios, 4.2.1 – Tall Buildings, 4.2.2 – Modulation of Height, 4.2.4 – Building Separation, 4.2.5 – Transitional Massing, 4.2.12 – Corners, 4.2.14 – Balconies, are hereby amended, as shown in Exhibit “B” and incorporated herein by this reference.
SECTION 3. DSP Section 5.4.1 is hereby amended, as shown in Exhibit “C” and incorporated herein by this.
SECTION 4. Severability. This ordinance is adopted under the authority of the Charter of the City of Glendale and State law. If any section, subsection, clause or phrase is declared invalid or otherwise void by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall not affect any remaining provision hereof. In this regard the City Council finds and declares that it would have adopted this measure notwithstanding any partial invalidity hereof.
SECTION 5. Development or tentative tract map applications which have been deemed complete, approved discretionary entitlements, or ministerial projects submitted to plan check prior to the adoption of this ordinance shall be reviewed under the zoning rules and regulations which were in effect on the day prior to adoption of this ordinance. The foregoing notwithstanding, any applicant may make a request in writing to the Director of Community Development that his or her application be reviewed under the zoning rules and regulations as amended by this ordinance.
Passed by the Council of the City of Glendale on the _______ day of ________, 2022. ______________________________
Mayor
Attest
___________________________________
City Clerk
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
169 of 300
2 STATE OF CALIFORNIA)
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES) SS.
CITY OF GLENDALE)
I, ARAM ADJEMIAN, City Clerk of the City of Glendale, California, certify that the foregoing Ordinance No. ______________ was passed by the Council of the City of Glendale, California, by a vote of four-fifths (4/5ths) of the members thereof, at a regular meeting held on the ________ day of __________, 2022 by the following vote:
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
____________________________
City Clerk
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
170 of 300
3.3 LAND USES & PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
TABLE 3-A-1: Land Uses and Permit Requirements TABLE 3-B-1 Land Uses 1, 2 Permit Requirements by District 3
See Standards in GMC Section
Frontage
Req’mts4
Key to Permit Requirements
A = Administrative Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.49)
P = Permitted Use
C = Conditional Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.42)
T = Temporary Use
N = Use Not Allowed
Alex TheatreBroadway CenterCivic CentersEast BroadwayGalleriaGatewayDowntown“A & E”Mid-OrangeOrange-CentralTransitionalPrimary Frontage StreetsEntertainment StreetsResidential Streets Accessory Buildings, Structures and Uses
Accessory buildings and structures
(associated with residential uses) P P P P P P P P P P - N N P Accessory dwelling unit (ADU), and/or
junior accessory dwelling unit (JADU)
on a lot developed with one residential
dwelling unit
P P N P P P P P P P 30.34.080 P P P
Accessory dwelling unit(s) (ADU),
and/or junior accessory dwelling unit
(JADU) on a lot developed with more
than one residential dwelling unit
P P N P P P P P P P 30.34.080 P P P
Accessory uses P P P P P P P P P P - N N P
Antennas (pole type) and flagpoles N P P P P P P P P P - N N N Carts (freestanding, non-motorized
portable type) P P P P P P P P P P 30.34.040 P P P
Dish antennas P P P P P P P P P P 30.34.050 N N N
Home occupation P P N P P P P P P P 30.45 N N P
Home-sharing P P P P P P P P P P 5.110 N N P
Signs P P P P P P P P P P 30.33 P P P
Solar Energy Equipment P P P P P P P P P P - P P P
Education, Public Assembly Uses
Convention Centers P P P N P P P P N N - N P C
Cultural Arts Centers P P P P P P P P P P - P P P
Gyms and health clubs P P N C P P P P P C - N P P
Gyms and health clubs
(existing prior to June 1, 2003) P P N P P P P P P P - P P P Indoor recreation centers P P N C P P P P P C - N P P
Museums P P P P P P P P P P - P P P
Places of worship P P N C P P P P P C - N N P
Places of worship
(existing prior to June 1, 2003) P P N P P P P P P P - P P P Private clubs and lodges P P N C P P P P P C - N P C
Public dances P P P P P P P P P P - P P P
Schools, physical instruction P P N P P P P P P P - N P P Schools, private P P N C P P P P P C - N N P
Schools, private specialized
education / training P P N N P P P P P N - N C P
Theaters P P P N P P P P N N - N P N
See Table 3-A-2, page 3-7 for Footnotes
EXHIBIT A
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
171 of 300
TABLE 3-A-2: Land Uses and Permit Requirements TABLE 3-B-2 LandUses 1, 2 Permit Requirements by District 3
See Standards in GMC Section
Frontage
Req’mts4
Key to Permit Requirements
A = Administrative Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.49)
P = Permitted Use
C = Conditional Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.42)
T = Temporary Use
N = Use Not Allowed
Alex TheatreBroadway CenterCivic CentersEast BroadwayGalleriaGatewayDowntown“A & E”Mid-OrangeOrange-CentralTransitionalPrimary Frontage StreetsEntertainment StreetsResidential Streets Industrial, Manufacturing, Processing Uses
Broadcasting studios and indoor
support facilities - production P P N N P P P P P P - N N N Soundstages - production P P N N P P P P P P - N N N
Recreation
Adult Business Uses P P N N P P P P P N 30.34.010 P P P Billiard establishment P P N N P P P P P N 30.34.015 N P N Nightclubs P P N N C C P C C N 30.34.015 N P C
Taverns P P N N C A P A A C 30.34.015 P P C
Residential Uses 5
Domestic violence shelter P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Live/work units P P N P P P P P P P 30.34.090 N N P
Live / work units with conditionally
permitted uses C C N C C C C C C C 30.34.090 N N C
Mixed Use Development, provided
that all uses are permitted in zone
which the project is located
P P N P P P P P P P 30.34.100 P P P
Mixed Use Development, where at
least one use is conditionally permitted
C C N C C C C C C C 30.34.100 C C C
Multiple residential dwelling units P P N P P P P P P P - N N P Residential congregate living, Limited C C N C C C C C C C - N N C Residential congregate living,
Non-Medical P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Senior Housing P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
1 See Glendale Municipal Code Section 30.03.010 regarding uses not listed 2 See Glendale Municipal Code Chapter 30.70 for definitions of the land uses 3 Uses in the Town Center District are subject to the Town Center Specific Plan 4 Frontage Requirements apply only to the first 25 feet of lot depth of the ground floor for those streets designated with Ground Floor Uses on the Land Use Map ( Figure 3-A)
5 Minimum unit size is 540 square feet (for senior or affordable units), 600 square feet (for efficiency and one bedroom units), 800 square feet (for two bedroom units), 1000 square feet (for three-bedroom units) with 90 cubic feet of private storage space(for all units). Projects must comply with Diverse Housing Mix percentages, unit sizes and development standards identified in Chapter 7.3.2.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
172 of 300
3.3 LAND USES & PERMIT REQUIREMENTS (cont’d)
TABLE 3-A-3: Land Uses and Permit Requirements TABLE 3-B-3 Land Uses 1, 2 Permit Requirements by District 3
See Standards in GMC Section
Frontage
Req’mts 4
Key to Permit Requirements
A = Administrative Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.49)
P = Permitted Use
C = Conditional Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.42)
T = Temporary Use
N = Use Not Allowed
Alex TheatreBroadway CenterCivic CentersEast BroadwayGalleriaGatewayDowntown“A & E”Mid-OrangeOrange-CentralTransitionalPrimary Frontage StreetsEntertainment StreetsResidential Streets Retail Uses
Alcoholic beverage sales A A A A A A A A A A - A A A
Alcoholic beverage sales, in Alex
Theatre, Broadway Center, Art &
Entertainment districts only
w/ Billiard Establishments P P P 30.34.015 N P N
w/ Indoor Recreation Centers P 30.34.015 N P N
w/ Nightclubs P P P 30.34.015 N P N
w/ Restaurant, full service P P P 30.34.015 P P P
w/ Taverns P P P 30.34.015 P P N
w/ Theaters P P P 30.34.015 P P N
Banquet halls C C N N C C C C C N - N C C
Christmas tree sales lots, when
maintained between Nov 1 - Jan 9 T T T T T T T T T T 5.44 T T T Firearms, weapons sales P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Hardware Stores P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Jewelry Stores P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Liquor stores A A N A A A A A A A - A A A
Nurseries and garden supplies P P N P P P P P P P - N N P Paint and wallpaper stores P P N N P P P P P P - N N P
Paint and wallpaper stores, existing
prior to June 1, 2003 P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Pharmacy P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Pumpkin sales lots, when maintained
between Oct 15 and Nov 1 T T T T T T T T T T 5.44 T T T Restaurant, counter service w/
limited seating P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Restaurant, fast food P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Restaurant, full service P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Retail stores, general merchandise P P N P P P P P P P - P P P Spas and swimming pools, sales and
service P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Supermarkets P P N P P P P P P P - C N P
See Table 3-A-4, page 3-9 for Footnotes
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
173 of 300
TABLE 3-A-4: Land Uses and Permit Requirements TABLE 3-B-4 Land Uses 1, 2 Permit Requirements by District 3
See Standards in GMC Section
Frontage
Req’mts 4
Key to Permit Requirements
A = Administrative Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.49)
P = Permitted Use
C = Conditional Use Permit
(see Chapter 30.42)
T = Temporary Use
N = Use Not Allowed
W = Wireless Telecommunications
Facilities Permit (see Chapter 30.48)
Alex TheatreBroadway CenterCivic CentersEast BroadwayGalleriaGatewayDowntown“A & E”Mid-OrangeOrange-CentralTransitionalPrimary Frontage StreetsEntertainment StreetsResidential Streets Service, Office Uses
Banks and financial institutions P P N P P P P P P P - P P P Business support services P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Contractor’s office and / or storage T T T T T T T T T T - T T T Day care centers A A N A A A A A A A - N N A
Hotels and Motels P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Massage establishment C C N C C C C C C C Chapter 5.64 N N C Medical and dental laboratories P P N N P P P P P N - N N P Medical and dental offices P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Offices P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Personal services P P N P P P P P P P - P P P
Pet grooming P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Repair and maintenance,
consumer products P P N P P P P P P P - N N P
Veterinary offices P P N P P P P P P P N N P
Transportation, Communication Uses
Non-emergency heliports C C C N C C C C C N - N N N
Parking lot / structure facilities P P P N P P P P P N 30.34.120 N N P Utility and transmission facilities C C C C C C C C C C - N N N Wireless telecommunications facilities W W W W W W W W W W 30.48 N N N 1 See Glendale Municipal Code Section 30.03.010 regarding uses not listed 2 See Glendale Municipal Code Chapter 30.70 for definitions of the land uses 3 Uses in the Town Center District are subject to the Town Center Specific Plan 4 Frontage Requirements apply only to the first 25 feet of lot depth of the ground floor for those streets designated with Ground Floor Uses on the Land Use Map ( Figure 3-A)
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
174 of 300
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
175 of 300
URBAN DESIGN
4 Downtown Glendale has evolved in the last 50 years from a suburban main street to an urban center with a skyline. The skyline is only a part of Downtown’s urban design quality.
Distinctive districts, streets and places make Downtown a diverse and interesting destination. The urban design concepts build on the best of these characteristics while demonstrating how new development can contribute to
the desired scale, image, and pedestrian-friendliness of Downtown. This chapter includes key urban design policies and development standards that describe how new
development will support the community’s image and the
City’s vision of sustainability for Downtown.
EXHIBIT B
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
176 of 300
A. URBAN DESIGN POLICIES
4.0.1 Downtown Character and Image
New development shall enhance the overall image of the Downtown as an enticing destination for visitors and Glendale residents.
Development should reflect the pattern of uses, height, and density envisioned by the DSP, as discussed in Chapter Two for each Downtown district.
4.0.2 Context Sensitive Design
New development shall be sensitive to existing patterns and character in Downtown. Where strong existing patterns of height, scale or use are established, new development should reinforce these patterns.
4.0.3 Historic Preservation, Rehabilitation and Adaptive Reuse Reuse and rehabilitate the existing buildings of architectural merit that reflect the spirit and historic significance of Glendale’s past and ensure that these buildings will have their place in the standards for new development.
4.0.4 Views
Protect and enhance significant public views of the Verdugo Mountains, public streets, spaces, and significant architecture, including the Alex Theater and other distinctive buildings.
4.0.5 Gateways and Entries
Use sensitive design to acknowledge or highlight the sense of entry to and/or definition of Downtown.
4.0.6 Edges and Transitions
Be sensitive to the transition between various Downtown districts and the residential neighborhoods immediately surrounding Downtown.
Heights of buildings should step down toward the predominantly 1- to 3-story development of surrounding neighborhoods, particularly in the transitional blocks at the edge of the Downtown Specific Plan area.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
177 of 300
4.0.7 Taller Buildings and Skyline
Create an attractive and striking skyline for the City. Taller buildings shall be concentrated within the Gateway District of the downtown, with a second, lower high-rise “hill” to the west of the existing office high-rise at Brand and Broadway. Slender residential towers may be permitted between Central and Brand linking these two “hills” in return for substantial public open space or other Community Benefit.
4.0.8 Building Heights and Downtown District Character
Building heights in Downtown should be regulated to create transitions from lower density neighborhoods surrounding Downtown, and to provide a consistent scale within various Downtown districts. While Community Benefit may permit
maximum building heights or allowable FAR, they should not produce buildings which are out of character with the surrounding neighborhoods unless the building fulfills the goals of the individual Downtown district.
4.0.9 Pedestrian and Open Space Network
New development shall enhance pedestrian activity by improving the physical attractiveness of the street and providing places for relaxation, shopping, living, and dining. The pedestrian experience is enhanced through the pedestrian framework of streets and open spaces (e.g., parks, plazas, paseos, and courtyards) that shape the pedestrian experience in Downtown and reinforce the distinct street typology.
4.0.10 Open Space
Use open space strategically to enhance and protect significant public views of the mountains and create a continuum of public and private open spaces in Downtown.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
178 of 300
B. URBAN DESIGN STANDARDS
The urban design standards are measurable criteria
that have been developed to implement the
4.1 Existing context, building envelope, and
the public realm.
urban design policies. These standards for urban
design reflect the type of site planning, form, and
orientation required for buildings in the eleven
downtown districts as well as criteria for street
edge conditions.
C. URBAN DESIGN FRAMEWORK
The Urban Design Framework describes the physical
vision of the downtown, and establishes the basis
for all subsequent design standards. It consists of
three main sections, each described individually:
4.1 SITE PLANNING
• Historic Preservation/Adaptive Reuse
• Building Heights & Floor Area Ratios
• Building Setbacks
• Publicly Accessible Open Space
(details in Chapter 5)
4.2 BUILDING DESIGN
• Massing and Scale
• Transitional Massing
• Facade Modulation
• Architectural Elements
4.3 THE PEDESTRIAN REALM
• Streetscape Character & Typologies
Applied to a particular site in a linear fashion, the
Urban Design standards will give physical form to a
development project, as illustrated opposite.
Identify historic resources to be preserved or
structures to be reused (Section 4.1.1).
Identify maximum building height
(Section 4.1.2).
Determine maximum building FAR and massing
(Section 4.1.2).
Apply publicly accessible open space and setback standards (Section 4.1.3 & 4.1.4). 1 2
3 4
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
179 of 300
Articulation, modulation, materials, and
public realm interface.
4.3 Identify and apply elements of
appropriate street typology.
Apply transitional massing standards
(Section 4.2.5).
Apply building massing & modulation standards
(Section 4.2.2, 4.2.3, and 4.2.4).
Apply building frontage, facade, and material
standards (Section 4.2.7 through 4.2.23).
Apply streetscape standards and typology
(Section 4.3).
4.2 5
6 7
8 Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
180 of 300
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
181 of 300
Several elements influence site layout and the overall
massing of a project. This section of Chapter 4
identifies the standards of these elements that
inform how a site should be planned and how the
building volume and massing should be developed.
URBAN DESIGN FRAMEWORK:
4.1 SITE PLANNING
4.1.1 Historic Preservation/Adaptive Reuse
4.1.2 Building Heights & Floor Area Ratios
4.1.3 Building Setbacks
4.1.4 Publicly Accessible Open Space
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
182 of 300
4.1 SITE PLANNING
4.1.1 HISTORIC PRESERVATION / ADAPTIVE REUSE
Glendale’s older buildings are an important part of the streetscapes, contributing to the distinctive character of Downtown. Some of these are historically significant while others reflect good design practices and stylistic trends over many decades. Preservation of these assets as stand-alone projects or as part of larger development sites creates a complex and visually interesting urban fabric that expresses and retains Glendale’s identity. Historic resources (as defined in GMC Chapter 15.20) are expected to keep their existing exterior envelopes and character-defining features, though their rehabilitation for new or enhanced uses, which could include adjacent new construction, is encouraged. Reusing older, non-historic buildings is also encouraged to let our built heritage continue to tell the story of Glendale. Owners of these types of buildings can qualify for public benefit contributions as described in Chapter Seven and will comply with the following:
STANDARDS
A. Rehabilitation of historic resources, including
related adjacent new construction, shall
conform to the Secretary of the Interior’s
Standards for Rehabilitation.
B. Reuse of older buildings that are not historic
resources shall be distinguished from new
construction and shall be defined as the
reuse of the structure’s most distinguishing
architectural features and maintaining at least
50% of the exterior walls and roof of the
existing structure.
C. High-quality materials shall be used in the reuse
of existing building exteriors in such a way
that the exterior of the building is physically
improved and that the building complements
surrounding structures. All elevations of the
building should be treated in a consistent
manner.
D. Visual access to the interiors of buildings should
be provided.
E. Unarticulated building walls in non-historic
buildings should be enhanced to mitigate their
undesirable appearance and to create visual
interest. Windows, lighting, artwork, building
materials, and other facade improvements
should be considered in achieving appropriate
architecture.
ABOVE: Security Trust a & Savings Bank, circa 1924 -
Glendale’s first six-story building. Located at Brand & Broadway on the site of the Glendale Depot of the Los
Angeles Interurban Railway (the Pacific Electric “Red
Cars”).
LEFT: The former Masonic
Temple Building built in
1928 is listed on the
Glendale Register of Historic
Resources.
BELOW: In 2016, a full
restoration and adaptive
reuse of the structure was
completed.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
183 of 300
FIGURE 4-A
HISTORIC STRUCTURES
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
184 of 300
4.1.2 BUILDING HEIGHTS & FLOOR AREA RATIOS
Each Downtown district has height and floor area criteria. In the DSP, development density is defined by the Floor Area Ratio (FAR). Provided the urban design standards are met, the maximum by-right height and FAR allowed for each district may be built. A Community Benefits program has been included as part of the DSP that allows for additional height or floor area for qualified projects providing the community benefits identified as priorities to the City’s vision. Projects participating in the Community Benefits program that provide additional public benefits, such as additional publicly accessible open space, greater diversity in housing mix, mobility improvements and public art on-site, may qualify for additional development potential up to the maximum, as discussed in Chapter 7 – Community Benefits. Alex Theater Area A2 Alex Theater Area B Broadway Center Area A Broadway Center Area B Broadway Center Area C Civic Centers 3 East Broadway Galleria GatewayDowntown Art & EntertainmentMid-OrangeOrange CentralTown Center 4Transitional Maximum Height / FAR by Right
HEIGHT IN FEET 1 6 35’ 65’ 95’ 185’ 245’ N/A 65’ 80’ 275’ 65’ 65’ 95’ TCSP 65’ PERMITTED FAR 5 2.00 2.00 3.00 5.20 7.00 N/A 2.00` 2.75 7.25 2.00 2.00 3.00 TCSP 2.00 Maximum Height / FAR with Community Benefit
HEIGHT IN FEET 1 6 50’ 95’ 245’ 245’ 305’ N/A 80’ 95’ 380’ 95’ 95’ 245’ TCSP 95’ MAXIMUM FAR 2.25 3.00 5.20 7.00 7.50 N/A 2.75 3.00 7.50 3.00 3.00 5.20 TCSP 3.00 TABLE 4-A: Height / FAR Limits by District
1 For exceptions to height limits for wireless telecommunications facilities, see Chapter 30.48 of the Zoning Code. 2 Properties two lots north and south of the Alex Theater are limited to a maximum of 35 feet. Those parcels on the east side of Brand Boulevard and on the west side of Brand, north of California are limited to a maximum of 50 feet.
3 Civic Centers, as sites for public facilities, are subject to civic planning efforts and public review of proposed projects, rather than Height and FAR Standards.
4 Subject to Town Center Specific Plan (TCSP).
5 FAR, or Floor Area Ratio, is a common measure of building mass, expressed as a ratio of building area to land area. For example: a 20,000 sq ft parcel assigned a FAR of 1.0 may accommodate a maximum of 20,000 sq ft of building floor area, as a 1-story building with 100% lot coverage or a 2-story building with 50% lot coverage, or a 5-story building with 20% lot coverage, or other ratio consistent with the FAR and height standards for the district. Notwithstanding Glendale Municipal Code Chapter 30.70 (Definitions), above grade parking shall not be counted towards FAR if the parking is screened or “wrapped” by active uses such as office, retail, residential or other habitable space on facades fronting public streets, paseos or parks.
6. Enclosed or screened rooftop equipment not exceeding five (5) feet in height above the roof of a building shall not be computed as part of the height of the building. Elevator shafts and roof top stairwells not exceeding fifteen (15) feet in height above the roof of a building shall not be computed as part of the height of the building. See Chapter 30.70 (Definitions).
4-10 GLENDALE DOWNTOWN SPECIFIC PLAN Amended by Reso. No. 09-37; Ord. No. 5293, 5746, 5777, 5865, 5923 Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
185 of 300
2 flrs (35’) / 2.00 FAR
3 flrs (50’) / 2.25 FAR (w/ incentives)
4 flrs (65’) / 2.50 FAR
5 flrs (80’) / 2.75 FAR (w/ incentives)
4 flrs (65’) / 2.50 FAR
6 flrs (95’) / 3.00 FAR (w/ incentives)
5 flrs (80’) / 2.75 FAR
6 flrs (95’) / 3.00 FAR (w/ incentives)
6 flrs (95’) / 3.00 FAR
12 flrs (185’) / 5.20 FAR (w/ incentives)
12 flrs (185’) / 5.20 FAR
16 flrs (245’) / 7.00 FAR (w/ incentives)
16 flrs (245’) / 7.00 FAR
20 flrs (305’) / 7.50 FAR (w/ incentives)
18 flrs (275’) / 7.25 FAR
25 flrs (380’) / 7.50 FAR (w/ incentives)
FIGURE 4-B
HEIGHT / FAR LIMITS
BRAND
ARDEN FIGURE 4-B 0 150 300
N
600ft
HEIGHT / F AR LIMITS
BURCHETT
SR-134 FREEWAY GATEWAY
MONTEREY
35’ / 2.00 FAR
50’ / 2.25 FAR (w/public benefit)
65’ / 2.00 FAR
80’ / 2.75 FAR (w/public benefit)
65’ / 2.00 FAR
95’ / 3.00 FAR (w/public benefit)
80’ / 2.75 FAR
95’ / 3.00 FAR (w/public benefit)
95’ / 3.00 FAR
245’ / 5.20 FAR (w/public benefit)
185’ / 5.20 FAR
245’ / 7.00 FAR (w/public benefit)
245’ / 7.00 FAR
305’ / 7.50 FAR (w/public benefit)
275’ / 7.25 FAR
380’ / 7.50 FAR (w/public benefit)
Refer to Table 4-A for additional information
ORANGE
CENTRAL
LEXINGTON
MYRTLE
CALIFORNIA
SALEM
MIDORANGE
ALEX
THEATRE
B
ALEX
THEATRE
A
TRANSITIONAL
CIVIC
CENTER
WILSON
TRANSITIONAL
B’WAY
CTR
A B’WAY
CTR
B
B’WAY
CTR
C MARYLAND CIVIC CENTER
BROADWAY
GALLERIA
TOWN
CENTER
CIVIC CENTER
EAST BROADWAY
HARVARD
TRANSITIONAL
ELK
ORANGE GROVE
COLORADO
COLUMBUS
CENTRAL
ORANGE
MARYLAND
LOUISEKENWOOD
JACKSONISABEL
PIONEER
DORAN
DORAN
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
186 of 300
4.1.3 BUILDING SETBACKS
Downtown’s image, comfort, and experience are largely determined by the proportions of the pedestrian environment, or setback. They establish a sense of enclosure and well-defined pedestrian zones that support commercial activity, vegetation, and social interaction while providing comfort and protection from vehicle traffic. Creating a comfortable and inviting pedestrian environment is essential to promote other means of transportation such as walking, and this experience is directly influenced by the relationship to adjacent buildings, sidewalk width, provision of vegetation, and urban amenities. New projects shall provide setbacks measured from the face of curb that comply with the following (see Chapter 4.3 for design standards):
STANDARDS
A. Overall Setbacks: There shall be a minimum
setback on the ground floor from the face
of curb to the building frontage on public
streets for all new projects (excluding alleys) as
specified in Table 4-B.
1. The setback shall include both public rightof-way and private property, depending on the existing curb-to-property line
dimensions.
2. Building projections above the ground floor
shall not extend into the public right-of way
or required sidewalk, and must comply with
the design requirements specified in section
4.3. B. Parkways: There shall be a minimum parkway
width measured from face of curb, as specified
in Table 4-B
C. Sidewalks: Critical for pedestrian movement and
access, sidewalks not only enhance connectivity
and promote walkability, but also serve as
public spaces to activate streets socially and
economically.
1. Width: Where the sidewalk width
requirement exceeds the width of the
public right-of-way, as noted in Table 4-B,
the development must provide a setback
to achieve the required width. If additional
area is required on private property to
satisfy the minimum requirement, an
easement shall be required.
2. Accessibility: The required sidewalk width as
defined in Table 4-B shall remain clear of all
obstructions.
D. Building Adjacent Zone: This area exists
between the sidewalk and the building facade
as specified in Table 4-B, and shall be used
for landscaping, seating, and other uses and
services as allowed by the DSP.
ABOVE: Sidewalks must allow pedestrians to move
through a clear walking zone. Street trees and other
amenities are permitted in the parkway along the curb.
A building adjacent zone for dining, seating or planter boxes can be accommodated against the building frontage where minimum sidewalk width has been achieved.
ABOVE: Creative parkway & sidewalk design is encouraged to create a unique and inspiring pedestrian environment.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
187 of 300
FRONTAGE
TOTAL
SETBACK
WIDTH
PARKWAY SIDEWALK
Building
Adjacent
Zone
(Average)
Primary See Brand Boulevard Streetscape Plan
Mixed-Use*
Commercial 18 ft 5 ft 10 ft minimum 3 ft
Mixed-Use
Residential 16 ft 5 ft 8 ft minimum 3 ft
Residential 15 ft 4 ft 6 ft minimum 5 ft
Entertainment See Downtown Art & Entertainment District Plan Undesignated 4 ft 6 ft minimum
TABLE 4-B: Additional Street Setback Requirements & Restrictions See Section 4.3 The Pedestrian Realm: Street Typologies for complete Standards by street type.
See Figure 4-C for Setback / Frontage Designations
* See Section 4.3.2.L for Frontage Streets.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
188 of 300
FIGURE 4-C
SETBACKS / FRONTAGES
Primary - See Brand Boulevard Plan
Mixed-Use Commercial
Mixed-Frontage
Mixed-Use Residential
Residential
Entertainment - See “A & E” Plan
* Undesignated Streets shall provide a
minimum 4-foot wide parkway and
6-foot wide sidewalk
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
189 of 300
4.1.4 PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE OPEN SPACE
Open space in an urban environment is essential to quality of life and to offer respite from the urban environment. Courtyards, plazas, and paseos create opportunities for gathering, events, and social engagement; and also encourages a vibrant street life. A robust network of open space integrated with the public right-ofway and other parks offers a variety of spaces to satisfy the needs and interests of a diverse urban population.
All publicly accessible open space shall conform to the following standards (see Chapter 5 for design details):
STANDARDS
A. Publicly accessible open space shall make up the
minimum amount and dimensions as defined
in Chapter 5, Table 5-A. Any project that
seeks to develop beyond the by-right FAR and
pursue the maximum development potential
(Table 4-A) shall refer to Chapter 7, Table 7-A
for additionally required amount of publicly
accessible open space.
B. Publicly accessible open space shall comply with
the detailed standards outlined in Chapter 5.
C. All required publicly accessible open space shall
be 100% open to the sky, except as defined in
Chapter 5.
D. Publicly accessible open space shall be oriented
to the street on at least one side, and accessible
from the public right-of-way.
E. Applicants will be required to enter into a
statutory development agreement or covenant
with the City, specifying that that any required
publicly accessible open space area shall comply
with the intent and standards of the open space
regulations.
ABOVE: Flexible spaces for gathering, as well as urban
amenities such as pavilions can be attractive spaces for a diverse range of uses.
ABOVE: High quality materials, programmable spaces, and unique design can create an attractive and unique publicly accessible open space.
10%
Residential
Open
Space
10%
Publicly
Accessible
Open Space
ABOVE: Courtyard publicly accessible open space can
minimize massing scale while creating an intimate sense of enclosure.
ABOVE: Corner publicly accessible open space can create a sense of arrival and acknowledge important intersections.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
190 of 300
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
191 of 300
Building design influences the perception of mass, the
overall aesthetic quality, visual interest, and a
building’s relationship to the public realm. This
section of Chapter 4 defines the elements that are
most important in creating a visually stunning urban
environment and a unique pedestrian experience.
URBAN DESIGN FRAMEWORK:
4.2 BUILDING DESIGN
4.2.1 Massing & Scale: TallBuildings
4.2.2 Massing & Scale: Modulation of Height
4.2.3 Massing & Scale: FacadeModulation
4.2.4 Massing & Scale: Building Separations
4.2.5 Massing & Scale: TransitionalMassing
4.2.6 Massing & Scale: LandmarkArchitectural Features
4.2.7 Facade Design
4.2.8 Architectural Elements: Materials
4.2.9 Architectural Elements: Storefronts
4.2.10 Architectural Elements: Building Entries & Lobbies
4.2.11 Architectural Elements: Stoops & Ground Level Entries
4.2.12 Architectural Elements: Corners
4.2.13 Architectural Elements: Canopies
4.2.14 Architectural Elements: Balconies
4.2.15 Architectural Elements: Fenestration
4.2.16 Architectural Elements: Fences,Walls & Gates
4.2.17 Architectural Elements: Planters
4.2.18 Architectural Elements: Arcades
4.2.19 Architectural Elements: Porte-Cocheres
4.2.20 Architectural Elements: Garage Entries
4.2.21 Architectural Elements: Utilities
4.2.22 Architectural Elements: Lighting
4.2.23 Architectural Elements: Signage
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
192 of 300
4.2 Building Design
4.2.1 MASSING & SCALE: TALL BUILDINGS
High-rise buildings can create a dynamic and visually interesting skyline. Well-designed taller buildings can also create civic pride and serve as a landmark in the urban fabric. Additionally, taller and narrower buildings can create opportunities for additional open space at the street level.
This section applies to all developments greater than 95 feet in height.
STANDARDS
A. Buildings above 85 95 feet shall be tall,
slender towers which enhance the skyline
without blocking significant views from other
buildings.
B. The bulk of buildings shall be reduced
through the articulation of building massing
and building facades.
C. Building floorplates above a 200-foot height
shall be reduced in area by 15%.
D. High-rise facades (as defined in Chapter 30.33
of the Zoning Code) shall provide a substantial
modulation or change of materials every 150
feet in length.
E. View opportunities shall be integrated into the
massing of new development at appropriate
locations.
F. Lighting shall be designed to consider safety
and to reduce glare.
G. To improve the consistency of scale on the
streets, new buildings shall respond to the scale
and placement of design features of earlier
buildings adjacent to them. Such design features
include but are not limited to cornice lines,
colonnades, fenestration, and materials.
H. Where the new building facade is further set
back from the street than the existing adjacent
buildings, the connection between new
construction and adjacent buildings should
be designed to minimize dark corners and
blank walls and create a continuous, attractive,
pedestrian environment.
I. Rooftop design shall prevent unsightly rooftops
as viewed from above, either by screening
mechanical systems from view, creating a
significant top or landmark, or designing the
roof for use.
1. High-rise towers shall be relatively slender.
2. High-rise massing shall be divided to reduce overall bulk and step graciously down towards lower
adjacent structures.
3. Primary building entrances shall be clearly marked.
4. Cornice lines shall be consistent where new
buildings meet existing structures.
5. New buildings shall maintain key views.
6. A building’s top shall be delineated with a change of detail and meet the sky with a thinner form, or
tapered overhang.
7. Curtain walls shall be designed with detail and
texture, while employing the highest quality materials.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
193 of 300
J. Design of new construction shall intend to
establish landmark buildings. Massing, facade
articulation, quality of building materials,
signage, lighting, building projections (e.g.,
towers), and other architectural features shall be
considered in establishing a landmark building.
K. Projects built adjacent to historic structures that
are smaller in scale shall step down at the street
wall to align with the existing cornice.
UPPER RIGHT: High-rise curtain walls shall be designed
with the highest quality materials and some texture and surface relief from the glass plane to provide scale and visual interest from either adjacent towers and or as
viewed from a distance.
UPPER LEFT: Towers shall be significantly separated from each other to provide light, air and views between them.
Where new buildings are adjacent to smaller or historic structures, their cornice lines and other facade elements shall be aligned.
L. New development shall step down to a scale
similar to adjacent low-rise residential uses.
M. High-rise facades above 60 feet shall be
stepped back by a minimum of 20 feet. Blank or
utilitarian facades are undesirable. Street-facing
high-rise facades greater than 150 feet in width shall be stepped back by a minimum of 20 feet at or above 60
feet in height from grade. Bland or utilitarian facades are undesirable.
N. Existing views of the mountains and other
local landmarks from nearby buildings shall be
preserved wherever feasible.
ABOVE: Towers shall taper as they reach skyward and
assume forms that represent the most slender and elegant addition to Glendale’s downtown skyline.
LEFT: High-rises and large buildings shall have a lower story base of an appropriate scale that steps down toward the street. The main entrance shall be clearly marked with an architectural canopy or other scaling element.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
194 of 300
4.2.2 MASSING & SCALE: MODULATION OF HEIGHT
Modulation of rooflines can add visual interest to the skyline, while reducing the scale of large building masses. Modulation can also minimize the “canyon” effect along streets while creating visual reference points and the appearance of distinct and separate buildings. Similarly, building stepbacks at upper levels can allow for multiple roofline profiles, thereby lessening the imposing appearance of building massing over the public right-of way. This section applies to buildings less than 95 feet in height.
STANDARDS
A. A design proposal shall incorporate at least one
of the following:
1. Modulation: A roofline height modulation
of at least 10 feet for every 150 linear feet;
or
2. Stepback: An upper level stepback, 15 feet
minimum, of all upper floors above 40 feet
in elevation height; or
3. Corner: A prominent corner feature that is
differentiated by height and design features
from the primary massing of the building by
a minimum of 10 feet (see DSP 4.2.12 for
additional development standards); or
4. Averaging: Height averaging where a
portion of the massing may exceed the
maximum allowed building height, provided
that the entire massing height average is
equal to or does not exceed the maximum
allowed building height.
B. A visible and delineated roofline shall be created
to visually demarcate where the building
silhouette meets the sky. All buildings shall have
a suitable or even dramatic termination at the
roofline. The upper termination of a building
shall be strongly developed in a building with a
flat or slightly sloping roofline.
C. Elevator and stair overruns shall not be counted
as part of the roofline modulation unless it has
been integrated into the overall architectural
design.
ABOVE: A.1. Roofline height modulation
ABOVE: Roofline modulation can create the appearance
of distinct buildings in a single massing while minimizing building scale.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
195 of 300
ABOVE: A.2 Upper level stepback above 40’ in elevation.
ABOVE: A.3. Corner feature
ABOVE: A.4. Height averaging
ABOVE: Upper level building stepbacks can reduce the
scale of a building and improve its relationship to the pedestrian realm.
ABOVE: A corner feature can create variation in height
while conveying visual prominence for significant
intersections or gateways.
ABOVE: Height averaging allowed for variations in massing to locate a taller building and corner tower feature addressing a wide, high-traffic street, and stepped down massing facing lower height buildings and a public park.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
196 of 300
4.2.3 MASSING & SCALE: FACADE MODULATION
Modulation in building massing and scale encourages proportions that relate to the human-scale and create visual interest. This modulation can be achieved through the tripartite of a clearly defined base, middle and top in the vertical. Recesses and projections of a building facade, in combination with detailing, articulation, and fenestration pattern, can create diversity and visual interest in the horizontal, particularly in its relationship to the pedestrian realm. This section applies to buildings less than 95 feet in height.
STANDARDS
A. A design proposal shall incorporate at least one
of the following:
1. Modulation: A major modulation of the
facade at a minimum of every 150 linear
feet that is at least 24 inches deep and 4
feet in width, and a minor modulation in
facade at a minimum of every 50 linear feet
that is at least 12 inches deep and 2 feet in
width.
2. A clearly delineated base, middle, and top
that can be differentiated by:
a. Change in materials (see Section 4.2.8);
or
b. Distinct design that creates visual
separation; or
c. Upper level stepback of 15 feet
minimum of all floors above 40 feet in
elevation height.
ABOVE: A.1. Major and minor facade modulation.
ABOVE: A.2. Upper level stepback above 40’ in elevation.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
197 of 300
ABOVE: Windows that project out to the street, or recess into the building can create visual interest and depth to a building facade, while also diminishing the scale of the massing.
ABOVE: Base-Middle-Top can be established through the
use of materials, strong form lines that diminish scale, and upper level stepbacks.
ABOVE: Major and minor building facade modulations can
create depth and scale.
ABOVE: An upper level stepback can reduce the scale and massing of a building, while reinforcing the pedestrian scale of the public realm.
Base Middle Top
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
198 of 300
4.2.4 MASSING & SCALE: BUILDING SEPARATIONS
Building separations can be key to reducing scale, providing opportunities for open space, reinforcing a pedestrian scale pattern, and providing a visual reference to entrances for buildings that occupy large blocks.
Separations allow for visual relief and create the appearance of two, or more, distinct buildings that reinforce a fine-grained pattern on a single block. To achieve this effect on the pedestrian realm, it is essential that separations terminate at the ground level, or provide a distinct architectural difference from adjacent massing.
This section applies to buildings less than 95 feet in height.
STANDARDS
A. A design proposal whose facade length exceeds
200 250 feet shall incorporate at least one of the
following:
1. A building separation that extends to the
street level and includes no physical barriers
such as gates, fences, or walls abutting a
public right-of-way; or
2. A building separation that begins at the
second floor, no higher than 16 feet in
elevation above the sidewalk, that provides
a distinct and separate architectural style
from the surrounding massing and is
setback 20 feet from the required setback
zone.
B. A proposal that includes a building separation
shall also include a separation that is a minimum
of 40 feet from building face to building face.
ABOVE: A building separation of at least 40 feet wide and open to the sidewalk, shall be provided for any facade
length of 250’ or greater.
ABOVE AND LEFT: Building separations can provide the
visual appearance of two distinct buildings, or reduce
the scale of a single massing. Entrances to buildings and courtyards can be provided through separations, as well as the provision of publicly accessible open space. Separation at grade can result in a pedestrian level architectural style that is distinct, further reducing the scale of the overall massing.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
199 of 300
Vision of a Building Separation through the building to provide an integrated publicly accessible open space.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
200 of 300
4.2.5 MASSING & SCALE: TRANSITIONAL MASSING
Sites located at the edge of the Downtown Specific Plan area are typically adjacent to low-rise residential neighborhoods, consisting largely of 2- and 3-story residential buildings. New development on these sites needs to recognize this change in scale and character from Downtown through transitional massing and other buffers. All new development and retrofitting of existing buildings directly adjacent to multi-family residential zones will be evaluated according to the following standards for buffers between Downtown and residential zones outside of the Downtown.
STANDARDS
A. A 10-foot interior setback shall be required
in a DSP zoned development where it abuts
a R-3050, R-2250, R-1650, or R-1250 zone.
Landscaping and emergency access can be
provided within the setback. The setback shall
be designed for safety, including lighting and
visual access.
B. An upper level stepback of 20 feet shall be
required with an elevation height no more
than 40 feet, or alternatively provide an interior
setback of 20 feet. See diagrams on opposite
page.
C. Any required interior setback shall not count
towards any required publicly accessible open
space.
D. A decorative masonry wall designed as a buffer
shall be required between non-residential uses
(including parking) and any residential zones
adjacent to the DSP area.
1. A decorative masonry wall shall not be less
than 6 feet in height.
2. A wall next to a driveway shall be set back
from the sidewalk to ensure safe visual
access for cars and space for landscaping.
3. Walls should incorporate landscaping to
soften the appearances.
E. Parking structures facing residential zones
adjacent to the DSP area shall have all walls
designed as facades, compatible with the
context, including residential and human-scaled
materials.
F. For larger developments, the portion adjacent
to residential zones shall be designed to appear
as a separate building, with different setbacks,
massing, height, and architectural character
from the Downtown facing portion.
G. For larger developments, a change of
architectural style may be appropriate where
projects face or abut residential zones. The style
and materials should relate to the predominate
characteristics of the residential neighborhood.
H. Grading measures, such as sunken parking
areas or landscaped berms, should be used as
a means to screen parking lots from adjacent
residential zones and/or elevation change.
ABOVE: A park-like paseo acts as a buffer to transition massing and allows for through block connectivity.
ABOVE: A mixed-use building with greater height and
mass than its adjacent building steps down and steps back for compatibility.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
201 of 300
Required publicly accessible open space
located directly adjacent to a multi-family zone.
Mininmum 10’ setback
from interior property line
20’ stepback
Maximum height of 40’
directly adjacent to a
multi-family zone.
Property line
ABOVE: Transitional Massing Options for Standard B
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
202 of 300
4.2.6 MASSING & SCALE: LANDMARK ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES
Various sites in the downtown, such as terminated vistas and corners at primary intersections that mark entries to downtown, are ideal locations for landmark architectural features. These may include towers, prominent building entries, specialized signage or public art. Landscaped setbacks and public pocket parks may also be used to identify these locations. Additionally, East Broadway is designated a Civic Promenade, where the architectural style, massing and character of new development shall defer to existing civic buildings such as City Hall and Central Post Office. Finally, the Open Space Network (see Chapter Five) identifies various potential pedestrian and/or vehicle passages to augment existing alleys and paseos. These passages represent opportunities to create intimate, pedestrian-scaled walkways through the downtown. Such features (identified in Figure 4-D) help provide visual landmarks and enhance the image of Downtown.
TOP: Entry corner at Brand & Broadway indicated by
primary entrance at architectural rotunda
BOTTOM: Entry corner indicated by architectural tower
and primary entrance
TOP: Street vista terminated by a prominent building
entrance
ABOVE LEFT: Entry corner indicated by architectural tower ABOVE RIGHT: Entry corner indicated by signage
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
203 of 300
FIGURE 4-C
ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES
ARDEN FIGURE 4-D 0 150 300
N
600ft
ARCHITECTURAL FEATURES
BURCHETT MONTEREY
Entry Location
Terminated Vista
SR-134 FREEWAY Civic Promenade
Paseo / Passage (see Chapter 5)
Civic and Historic Landmarks
10 LEXINGTON
MYRTLE
1 - Glendale YMCA
2 - Alex Theatre
3 - Glendale Central Post Office
4 - Huntley-Evans Building
5 - Masonic Temple
6 - Security Trust and Savings Bank
7 - City Hall
8 - Municipal Power & Light Building
9 - F.W. Woolworth Building
10 - Glendale Federal Savings & Loan
11 - Municipal Services Building
12 - Central Library
13 - Old Police Headquarters
14 - County Courthouse
15 - Perkins Building
16 - Municipal Garage
17 - Police Headquarters
18 - Adult Recreation Center
CALIFORNIA
SALEM
WILSON
2 9
1 13
17 16
6 3
8 7 11
15 BROADWAY
14 4
12 5 18
HARVARD
ELK
DORAN
COLORADO
PIONEER
COLUMBUS
CENTRAL
ORANGE
BRAND
MARYLAND
LOUISE
KENWOOD
JACKSON
ISABEL
DORAN
ORANGE GROVE
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
204 of 300
4.2.7 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS
Buildings shall address the street in a manner that reinforces pedestrian activity and engagement. All development shall be designed to enhance ground level architectural elements for a human-scale. Entry conditions, building materials, canopies, display windows, lighting and well-designed signage can all contribute to conditions ideal for creating a vibrant and unique pedestrian environment. All new development and facade remodels shall comply with the following design standards:
STANDARDS
A. The building facade shall use architectural
solutions (e.g., building materials, texture,
offset building massing, repetition of columns,
recessed entries, windows, and awnings)
to avoid the creation of impenetrable, unarticulated building facades.
B. Facades shall be constructed in a manner
to appear substantial, avoiding low-quality
building materials and construction details
that contribute to the perception of a facade
as flimsy, or inconsistent with the intended
materials and architectural style.
C. No ground level parking, except for the parking
entry shall be visible from any street frontage.
Any parking at ground level shall have active
retail or other habitable ground floor uses
facing the sidewalk.
D. New development, or the retrofitting of
existing development, shall address the public
sidewalk. Design of the street level facade shall
be incorporated into the design of the overall
building.
E. Ground level facades shall be augmented with
streetscape or open space improvements that
improve the pedestrian environment.
F. Large expanses of glass shall be subdivided into
smaller units.
G. Differentiation shall be provided at the base and
the top of windows.
H. Ground level floors shall be visually separated
from floors above through the use of
architectural elements that could include
awnings, canopies or lintels, or additionally by
recessing the ground-floor level from the floor
above.
I. Landscaping is required to provide additional
texture and planted features at the ground
level elevation for the pedestrian, but should
increase the level of pedestrian interest rather
than separating pedestrians from views into
buildings.
J. For streets with ground floor use restrictions
or requirements as described in Chapter Three,
certain frontages are also required or restricted.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
205 of 300
Architectural Elements include:
1. Canopy separating ground floor from floors above
2. Subdivided glass at large windows
3. Planted feature at street level
4. Street trees and streetscape enhancements
5. Column articulation
6. Recessed balconies
7. Facade modulation
8. High-quality street-level materials
9. Activated street frontage
10. Active building adjacent zone
11. Visible residential entrances
12. Pedestrian-oriented and visible signage
PRIMARY
FRONTAGE
MIXED-USE
COMMERCIAL
MIXED-USE
RESIDENTIAL
ENTERTAINMENT
FRONTAGE
RESIDENTIAL
FRONTAGE
Arcade Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Allowed Not Allowed Storefront Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Not Allowed
Stoop Not Allowed Allowed Allowed Not Allowed Allowed
Porte-Cochere Allowed Not Allowed Not Allowed Allowed Not Allowed TABLE 4-C: Frontage Design Standards
8 8
12 11
9 10
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
206 of 300
4.2.8 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: MATERIALS
MATERIALS are a significant feature of design. They assist in establishing a unique aesthetic quality while creating and reinforcing character. Materials are also essential to diminishing the scale of the overall building massing, and reinforcing the base-middle-top principles of quality design. Materials at the lower level, or base, should reinforce the pedestrian character of the public realm and employ materials that are of a humanscale. As building height increases, larger scale materials may be appropriate. All materials for new projects and facade remodels shall conform to the following standards:
STANDARDS
A. Durable, human-scaled materials shall be used
on all street level facades.
B. Materials such as EIFS, stucco, or monolithic
concrete panels shall not be used within the first
20 feet of a building elevation on facades facing
public streets or at massing transitions.
C. Street level materials shall be human-scaled
such as brick, block, wood, stone, and others to
provide a high-quality aesthetic and diversity in
building design.
D. Above street level (minimum 20 feet), no more
than 60% of the building elevation shall be clad
with EIFS or stucco.
E. All building elevations, including alley facing
elevations, shall be treated equally with highquality and human-scaled materials to provide depth and contrast in color.
F. All projects shall avoid creating a monotone
color palette.
G. Materials on alley facades shall create a more
human-scaled texture through the incorporation
of scoring or artistic installations (murals).
H. Materials and corresponding designs shall
wrap the corners of all facades including alleys,
terminating at a logical location.
ABOVE: The scale of materials should relate to the public realm on lower portions of a building elevation, increasing in scale as a building grows in height.
ABOVE: Materials that represent a human-scale such as
masonry, wood, or appropriately scaled panels can create a more engaging and visually interesting street frontage.
LEFT: Larger-scale materials and glazing are more
appropriate at upper levels.
Base Middle Top
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
207 of 300
4.2.9 STOREFRONTS
STOREFRONTS are one of the most important features of an active urban environment. They present an opportunity to engage the street level by generating activity and transparency between the pedestrian realm and businesses, while creating a memorable experience. Storefronts can engage the streetscape in various manners including operable storefronts to encourage indoor activity to connect with the public realm. All new storefronts shall conform to the following standards:
STANDARDS
A. All facades that include storefronts shall provide
a minimum of 75% transparency including
access and structural supports.
B. Materials shall conform to Section 4.2.8 of this
Chapter.
C. The design of storefronts shall reinforce the
concept of base-middle-top as identified in
Section 4.2.3 of this Chapter.
D. All non-residential storefronts shall have a
minimum floor-to-ceiling height as defined in
Section 4.3 of this Chapter.
E. Use storefronts such as doors and windows that
swing upward or out to open, to engage uses
such as eating and drinking establishments with
the public realm.
F. Pedestrian-oriented signage shall be provided
consistent with Section 4.2.23 of this Chapter.
G. Pedestrian-scaled lighting shall be provided on
all storefronts.
H. Canopies and marquees shall be provided on a
minimum of 50% of the entire facade. Refer to
Section 4.2.13 for design details.
I. Storefronts and entrances shall provide recesses
from the building facade to create depth and
contrast.
ABOVE: Doors and windows that fold and swing can create a unique aesthetic in an urban environment. They engage the public realm with commercial and retail activities by creating permeability in the facade and opportunities for engagement between patrons and passersby.
ABOVE: Engaging storefronts that create high levels of
visibility can support an active and vibrant street life.
LEFT: A diversity of entries from the streetscape provides identity and encourages interaction between commercial
and retail services with the public realm.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
208 of 300
4.2.10 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: BUILDING LOBBIES & ENTRIES BUILDING LOBBIES & ENTRIES provide visual queues to building entrances and landmarks for pedestrians. They can also offer a unique means to create visual interest and modulation in a building facade.
Lobby entrances shall be carefully designed to create landmark visual reference points and the importance of the building entrance.
STANDARDS
A. Exterior building lobbies shall incorporate the
following aesthetic features:
1. Significant design feature such as a canopy,
marquee, or other form of weather
protection that creates visual prominence.
2. A material application that creates
continuity with the overall building design
but also creates a distinct and identifiable
aesthetic quality.
3. A recess or projection to delineate the
building lobby from the balance of the
facade.
4. Paving materials incorporated to
differentiate the primary entrance path that
is distinct and unique from the adjacent
paving materials.
B. For commercial uses, a building’s primary
entrance, defined as the entrance which
provides the most direct access to the building’s
lobby and remains unlocked during business
hours, shall be located on a public street or on
a usable public open space that is visible and
connected to a public street.
ABOVE: Marquees and canopies that are unique to the
building entry can serve as visual reference points for pedestrians.
ABOVE: Vibrant colors and unique materials framing a
lobby or building entrance can create visual interest.
ABOVE: Recessed entries can create modest open spaces
and differentiation in the street frontage.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
209 of 300
4.2.11 STOOPS & GROUND LEVEL ENTRIES
STOOPS present a unique opportunity to engage residential entries with the public realm, creating activation, opportunities for engagement, and safety. Additionally, stoops create a design aesthetic that supports a residential character on appropriate urban streets. All stoops shall conform to the following design standards:
STANDARDS
A. Stoops shall be required for ground level
residential units on all streets, regardless of
typology.
B. Stoops shall be designed to address the street to
provide the most direct access path and allow
for the greatest amount of landscaping.
C. Stoop or storefront access shall be required
for all ground level live-work units, where the
street frontage of the building exceeds 100
feet, unless otherwise explicitly approved by the
design review authority, provided an alternative
accessible path is included.
D. Stoops shall be elevated a maximum of 36
inches above grade or sidewalk.
E. Stoop porches, not including stairs, shall be a
minimum of 20 square feet.
F. Stoops shall correspond directly to the building
entry and be at least 4 feet wide.
G. Stoops and/or adjacent entry porches shall
not be enclosed with solid walls or railings, or
vegetation that creates a visual obstruction
between the stoop/porch and the public realm
in order to maintain a sense of openness.
H. Stoops may have an over-hanging roof or
awning no wider than the stoop.
I. Planter or porch walls parallel to the sidewalk
and taller than 18 inches shall have an irrigated
18 inch planting bed at its base.
ABOVE: Landscaping can soften the hardscape around
residential entries while providing modest privacy for
residents.
ABOVE: Raised entries and porches can create visual
interest and engaging street frontages.
ABOVE: On-street residential entries can increase safety as well as activity on residential-oriented streets.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
210 of 300
4.2.12 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: CORNERS
CORNER FEATURES present a unique opportunity to enhance the aesthetic quality of a signature building, visual terminus, or prominence at a primary entrance. In addition to creating variation in building massing, an enhanced corner can create a sense of place within the public realm by incorporating key design features. All corner elements shall conform to the following standards:
STANDARDS
A. Corner features shall be located at the
intersection of two public rights-of-way, and
not located near alleys, or mid-block.
B. Corner features shall be greater off-setin height
than the overall building mass by a minimum of
10 feet in either direction.
C. Corner features shall have a distinct but
complimentary design from the overall mass of
the building.
D. Unique or distinct paving shall be provided at a
corner feature to emphasize its prominence and
importance within the public realm.
E. Enhanced canopies or marquees shall be
provided to help create a sense of enclosure
within the public realm.
F. Plazas may also be used to create a unique
corner feature and shall be developed per the
standards outlined in Chapter 5 for publicly
accessible open space.
ABOVE: Corner features can be used to create visual
prominence for a building at key or gateway intersections.
ABOVE & BELOW: Corner features that are greater in
height than the primary massing can create modulation in the building roofline.
ABOVE: Corner features can also be created by a change in materials or design.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
211 of 300
4.2.13 CANOPIES
CANOPIES function as an extension of the public sidewalk, providing shelter from inclement weather, shade, and a sense of enclosure to the public realm. They can also provide a visual reference to entrances or other important facade elements. All new canopy installations shall conform to the following standards:
STANDARDS
A. Canopies shall be installed a minimum of 9 feet
above grade, and a maximum of 14 feet above
grade.
B. A minimum of 50% of the street elevation shall
include canopies or marquees.
C. Materials and colors of all canopies and
marquees shall be complimentary with the
overall building aesthetic and material palette.
ABOVE: Canopies can serve as sun shading devices, or
decorative features that create human-scaled frontages.
ABOVE: Canopies, when combined with other features
such as plantings can create a room or enclosure effect for outdoor activities such as eating and drinking
establishments.
ABOVE: Canopies can provide shade for outdoor activities such as eating and drinking establishments.
ABOVE: A shading device and architectural element that
adds detail and richness to the urban streetscape.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
212 of 300
4.2.14 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: BALCONIES
BALCONIES provide important outdoor private space for residential units. When designed well, they can provide visual interest to facade designs, in addition to depth and rhythm. Alternatively, balconies can also create a negative repetitive quality when they are designed identically or have the appearance of being “added-on” to a facade. All new balconies shall conform to the following standards:
STANDARDS
A. All balconies shall have a minimum forty (40)
square feet and a minimum length or width of
four (4) feet and shall be directly accessible and
an integral part of the dwelling unit which it
serves. No more than 40 75% of balconies on a
project shall extend beyond the facade of the
building; and the maximum projection shall be
25% of the balcony’s full depth. All other
balconies shall be recessed into the building
facade.
B. No balconies shall overhang into the public
right-of-way or sidewalk as identified in Section
4.4.3, not including the portion of the building
setback behind the existing property line.
C. No balconies can overhang the area of the
building setback, behind the property line,
within the first 20 feet of the building elevation.
D. Materials of all balcony components, including
floors and railings shall be aesthetically
compatible with the overall building design.
E. Balconies shall assist in creating a dynamic and
visually interesting facade, and avoid creating
repetition.
ABOVE: Partially recessed balconies, when combined
with major facade modulations can create breaks in large building masses to reduce the overall building scale.
ABOVE: A mix of recessed and partially recessed balconies can create visual interest and articulation in facades.
ABOVE: Recessed balconies can be incorporated into a
facade design to create a unique pattern or form.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
213 of 300
4.2.15 FENESTRATION
FENESTRATION patterns can create an identifiable character and when properly detailed can enhance a quality design. Window designs can also improve facade modulation, scale, or a change of materials. All fenestration patterns shall conform to the following standards:
STANDARDS
A. A variety of window sizes shall be provided to
create visual complexity and reflect the different
internal uses of a building facade. Windows
shall also coordinate with the architectural
design of the building including materials and
scale.
B. At the ground level, unarticulated glass curtain
walls shall be avoided, unless their design
is considered of exceptional quality while
allowing full transparency into an attractive,
active interior use. Facades of buildings shall be
divided into individual storefronts or entries.
C. Large expanses of glazing shall be subdivided
into smaller units.
D. Differentiation shall be provided at the base and
top of windows.
ABOVE: Fenestration patterns that change and respond to form and orientation can enhance modestly designed or
flat facades.
ABOVE: Fenestration patterns that correspond with a
change in material or depth can create visual interest, complexity in design, and reduce the overall scale of
massing and facades.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
214 of 300
4.2.16 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: FENCES, WALLS & GATES
FENCES, WALLS & GATES help define and screen yards, walkways, and outdoors areas. As such, the design of such barriers must be considered when addressing the streetscape experience. All fences, walls, and gates shall conform to the following standards:
STANDARDS
A. All exterior security gates or fences shall be
located behind the building face of the adjacent
building and directly in line with the adjacent
facade plane.
B. Design of all fences and gate shall be integrated
with the overall building and site design with
high levels of transparency.
C. Fences, walls, and gates shall be designed in a
style, material, and color that compliments the
overall building and site design. Plantings shall
be utilized instead of walls and fences wherever
possible.
D. Security grilles and roll down doors for
storefronts shall be located behind the building
face.
ABOVE: Fences or gates should be compatible with the
overall building and streetscape design.
ABOVE: Incorporating elements such as seating, art, or
wayfinding can soften the visual appearance of enclosures.
ABOVE: Entry gates should promote visual access and
permeability while remaining modest in scale.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
215 of 300
4.2.17 PLANTERS
PLANTERS and ground level landscaping can either enhance open space along the streetscape or they can create formidable and undesirable barriers, privatizing such space. Planters shall be integrated into the overall open space and landscape design and shall conform to the following standards:
STANDARDS
A. Planters at the ground level such as those in
publicly accessible open space and abutting the
public right-of-way shall not exceed a height of
18 inches above grade within the first 10 feet of
the street facing property line.
B. Planter ledges should provide a minimum depth
of 12 inches to also serve as seating.
C. Planter boxes shall not exceed 25% of all project
landscaping within the publicly accessible open
space.
D. Materials of any raised planters shall compliment
those of the overall project design.
E. Any development that substitutes planter
boxes for originally approved landscaping shall
not receive their certificate of occupancy until
original approved design is completed.
ABOVE: Seating incorporated with a whimsical design sense can create a unique space that encourages public use.
ABOVE: Planters can include a variety of planting types and seating.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
216 of 300
4.2.18 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: ARCADES
ARCADES function as an extension of the public sidewalk, providing shelter from the sun and offering expanded opportunities for design on narrow lots. These will be encouraged on the sunny sides of designated pedestrian-oriented streets. Examples in Downtown Glendale include the Brand frontage of the City Center building. All covered sidewalk arcades will conform to the following design standards.
STANDARDS
A. Arcades shall not be constructed within the
required setback per the street typologies
defined in Section 4.1.3 and 4.3.
B. Arcades shall be accessible to pedestrians and
have a minimum depth of 8 feet.
C. Minimum interior height for sidewalk arcades
shall be 12 feet above the finished grade.
D. The arcade shall be no more than two stories
high, or a maximum of 30 feet.
E. Pavement patterns shall be consistent with
patterns regulated by the City and shall provide
adequate drainage.
ALL: Arcades can serve
various purposes such as
screening from inclement
weather and shade,
outdoor seating and dining
areas, and a sense of scale
along street frontages for
tall buildings.
F. At all sites adjoining an existing arcade,
a similarly proportioned arcade shall be
considered for new construction.
G. An arcade shall be designed to function as an
extension of the public sidewalk.
H. Priority locations for arcades are to extend an
existing system of arcades within a single block,
or to provide shade and weather protection on
Primary Frontage streets.
I. An arcade shall be covered with a flat or sloping
roof. When there is no second floor over the
arcade, the roof of an arcade may be utilized
as an open-air terrace or a space for outdoor
dining.
J. A landscaped planter with a minimum width of
one foot shall be located in front of the columns
of the arcade. This planter shall contain climbing
vegetation which is capable of reaching a
height of 15 feet or more and connected to an
irrigation system.
K. Design of an arcade shall be consistent along
its entire length and shall be integrated into the
design of the building as a whole.
L. The columns of the arcade shall be substantially
thick, and the openings between columns shall
be vertically proportioned.
M. Connections shall be made between the arcade
and the properties adjacent to it.
N. Storefronts located along the arcade shall
comply with all applicable storefront design
guidelines.
O. To ensure proper penetration of daylight, the
projection roof over an arcade shall not be
deeper than it is tall.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
217 of 300
4.2.19 PORTE-COCHERES
PORTE-COCHERES are recessed vehicle entry courts within a storefront or arcade frontage. Porte-cocheres are commonly used for vehicular drop-off or utility off-loading, but may also accommodate gardens, dining, and retail storefronts. This frontage shall be used sparingly. All porte-cocheres shall conform to the following design standards:
STANDARDS
A. Porte-cocheres shall not be more than 40 feet
deep from the facade.
B. The porte-cochere may be enclosed with a roof
or other overhead structure for protection from
the sun and rain.
C. The materials and architectural detailing of the
porte-cochere shall be consistent with the street
facade of the building.
D. A covered passage or arcade may be located
over the entrance to the porte-cochere from the
sidewalk.
E. Vehicle entrances to the porte-cochere shall
be narrow, to minimize the disruption of the
dominate frontage pattern.
ALL: Porte-Cocheres provide convenient and covered access and drop-off for patrons.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
218 of 300
4.2.20 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: GARAGE ENTRIES
GARAGE ENTRIES provide necessary access to parking for developments. However, garage entries can create conflicts with pedestrians, while being aesthetically incompatible with the streetscape and building design. Garage entries should support the overall building design while not detracting from the streetscape and pedestrian realm and shall conform to the following standards:
STANDARDS
A. No ground level parking, except for the parking
entry shall be visible from any street frontage.
Parking located at ground level must have
active retail, residential entry, or other habitable
ground floor uses facing the sidewalk, and
subject to the design standards established in
Sections 4.2.9 and 4.2.11.
B. Where alleys are adequate, per Public Works
standards and approval regarding width and
capacity, new developments shall locate all
parking garage entries on the alley.
C. When parking garage entries are located on the
street, all entries shall conform to the following:
1. Utilities shall not be visible from the street
frontage. Projects shall provide screening,
dropped ceilings, or locate utilities away
from areas visible from the pedestrian level.
2. Garage doors or gates shall be set back
from the face of building.
3. A unique or enhanced paving pattern
shall be provided on the driveway, equal
to the width of the garage entry to
create visual separation and acknowledge
potential conflicts with other modes of
transportation.
4. The width of the garage opening shall be as
narrow as possible.
ABOVE: Narrow garage entry widths encourage slower
movement of automobiles reducing potential conflicts
with other modes of transportation.
ABOVE: Garage entries shall be well designed to mitigate the aesthetic impact on the pedestrian realm. Creative
and artistic elevations can establish visual interest while integrating the overall design of the garage entry with the surrounding architectural style. Elements such as screening or drop ceilings can mitigate the visual impact of necessary utility infrastructure.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
219 of 300
4.2.21 UTILITIES
UTILITIES are necessary to the function and operation of any building. They can also, when not properly integrated, detract from the aesthetic quality of an urban environment or pose hazards to pedestrians. All utility installations shall conform to the following standards:
STANDARDS
A. All above grade utility boxes shall be stainless
steel or wrapped with an artistic application.
B. No utilities shall protrude into the public rightof-way, including the portion dedicated as sidewalk and located behind the property line.
C. Per Glendale Water and Power, all other utilities
shall be integrated into the building facade and
not freestanding.
D. Electrical transformers shall be located so that
access is achieved from the alley, where feasible.
If located adjacent to a public sidewalk, they
shall be screened and incorporated into the
building to provide the visual appearance of a
storefront.
E. Electrical transformers, mechanical equipment,
and other utility-oriented equipment shall
not be located within 50 feet of any building
corner, or located within a designated publicly
accessible open space.
ABOVE: When utilities must project from the building
facade at the pedestrian level, they shall be enclosed with an architecturally compatible surround to prevent tripping hazards and to improve the aesthetic impact.
ABOVE: Utilities such as standpipes, fire department
connections, and utility boxes are essential to building operations. Utilities shall be incorporated into the building design to the greatest extent feasible, including wall
mounted devices, to avoid freestanding obstructions in or near the right-of-way, or visual clutter within landscaped areas or setbacks.
ABOVE: Utilities shall not interrupt the design of planters or other building elements, unlike the photo above. They shall be gracefully integrated into the overall design and shall be accounted for early in the design process to avoid negative visual impacts.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
220 of 300
4.2.22 ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENTS: LIGHTING
LIGHTING can create a unique aesthetic and enhance the design of a building. It also provides necessary Illumination for business operation, and safety for pedestrians and other users and shall conform to the following standards:
STANDARDS
A. Lighting shall be directed away from
surrounding development and shielded to
minimize spillover on adjacent properties.
B. No light shall be directed at the windows of a
residential unit within or adjacent to a project.
C. Reflective materials or other sources of glare,
such as polished metal surfaces, shall result
in visual glare or measurable heat gain on
surrounding windows.
D. Significant architectural features such as corners
or unique cornices should be illuminated and
enhanced by a comprehensive lighting design.
E. Building lighting should be adjustable, and
prior to Certificate of Occupancy a test may be
requireded to calibrate proper illumination levels
to the satisfaction of the Urban Design Studio
staff.
ABOVE: Building lighting shall compliment and accent the overall design, including changes in materials, fenestration, or modulation.
RIGHT: Pathway and open space lighting shall be creative and compliment the overall open space and public realm
design.
ABOVE: Building and open space design shall include
a diversity in lighting, including building uplighting, pathway lighting, and lighting that activates gathering areas.
ABOVE: Illumination at cornices and corner features can support the intent of creating visual prominence for
significant building features.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
221 of 300
4.2.23 SIGNAGE
SIGNAGE is essential to any urban environment. It signifies businesses, building names, and other key features. Properly scaled and located signage can greatly enhance the pedestrian experience along commercial streetscapes. All signage elements shall conform to the following standards:
STANDARDS
A. All signs shall comply with GMC Chapter 30.33.
B. All building signage below 20 feet in elevation
height shall be wall mounted and not surface
applied, flush with the wall.
C. Storefront signs shall be located below 14
feet in elevation height, measured from the
sidewalk, to avoid conflict with canopies and
mature trees, while maintaining visibility for
pedestrians.
D. Any development that provides publicly
accessible open space shall provide the standard
signage identified in Chapter 5.
ABOVE: Laser cut projecting signs identify businesses and add an architectural design element to the building.
ABOVE: Signage shall include other elements important
to the overall urban environment such as parking, bicycle parking, or wayfinding to significant public or civic assets.
ABOVE: Personalized signage compatible with the architectural character of the building.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
222 of 300
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
223 of 300
The scale of the pedestrian realm and its relationship to the surrounding built environment directly affects the
experience of all users. Additionally, street typologies create distinct characters and districts that reinforce the urban identity.
URBAN DESIGN FRAMEWORK:
4.3 THE PEDESTRIAN REALM
4.3.1 Primary Street
4.3.2 Mixed-Use Commercial Street
4.3.3 Mixed-Use Residential Street
4.3.4 Residential Street
4.3.5 Entertainment Street
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
224 of 300
4.3 THE PEDESTRIAN REALM
A. STREETSCAPE REQUIREMENTS
Beautiful sidewalks with comfortable and attractive paving, generous landscape, shade trees, and attractive and functional lighting create a pleasant experience for Downtown pedestrians.
New construction and major remodels of buildings 10,000 square feet or more may be required to install streetscape elements as follows:
STANDARDS
A. Install sidewalk paving pattern and materials as
specified by the City.
B. Plant street trees and street landscaping as
specified by the City, spaced a minimum of 25
feet apart or as required by the City.
C. Install light standards as specified by the City.
D. Install pedestrian curb extensions on designated
pedestrian-oriented streets as required by the
City.
E. Install sidewalk furniture (benches, drinking
fountains, trash receptacles, etc.) as required by
the City and defined by the street typologies.
F. Projects may install sidewalk elements, such
as commemorative plaques or artwork, as
approved by the City, at the primary entrance to
the building.
RIGHT: A sidewalk with patterned paving features large
canopy street trees in planted parkways, pedestrian-scaled light fixtures with banners as district markers, public event noticing or holiday public art.
ABOVE: Streetscapes shall incorporate sidewalks with
sufficient width and a diverse range of urban amenities.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
225 of 300
ABOVE: Intersections are important gateways to streets, districts, and significant projects and shall be treated as such with special features such as enhanced paving, and ample room for pedestrian waiting.
ABOVE: Special paving, accents or features may be
appropriate for significant streets to indicate important features such as building entries.
RIGHT: Create seamless transitions from public to private space.
ABOVE: Urban amenities such as cafe seating, transit
facilities and trash receptacles are designed to support an active street scene without obstructing the required clear sidewalk width.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
226 of 300
B. STREETSCAPE TYPOLOGIES
The treatment of sidewalks, setbacks and building facades vary, based on the different streets with their different uses, functions and scales. Downtown’s image and comfort largely are determined by proportions of the different streets and public rights-of-way, as defined by facing buildings, their frontages, setbacks, parkways and the streets themselves. Collectively, these shape the pedestrian experience by creating a sense of enclosure and well-defined pedestrian zones. As such, the street and setback dimensions directly affect the quality and pace of the pedestrian experience. In order to enhance and regulate the streetscapes and pedestrian experience, the DSP establishes a set of street types with different design considerations.
Street types are defined street width, land use context, and transportation/pedestrian characteristics. The classifications are meant to serve as a guide for designing appropriates streetscape environments. The types also build upon those ground floor use frontage restrictions noted in Chapter 3 – Land Use. The street typologies and their specific requirements can be found in the following sections:
• 4.3.1 Primary Street
• 4.3.2 Mixed-Use Commercial Street
• 4.3.3 Mixed-Use Residential Street
• 4.3.4 Entertainment Street
• 4.3.5 Residential Street
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
227 of 300
FIGURE 4-C
SETBACKS / FRONTAGES
Primary - See Brand Boulevard Plan
Mixed-Use Commercial
Mixed-Frontage
Mixed-Use Residential
Residential
Entertainment - See “A & E” Plan
* Undesignated Streets shall provide a
minimum 4-foot wide parkway and
6-foot wide sidewalk
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
228 of 300
4.3.1 PRIMARY STREET
The southerly half of Brand Boulevard, the City’s primary north-south street, is identified as having a Primary Street Frontage. Brand Boulevard is one of the City’s widest streets with a landscaped center median with street trees, two-lanes of vehicular traffic in each direction, as well as angled parking and a substantial public right-of-way setback. Brand is also one of the City’s signature, pedestrian-oriented streets, lined with active, ground floor commercial uses (retail, restaurants and services). New infill development must uphold this pedestrian orientation and shopping experience.
STANDARDS
A. The Primary Street designation shall follow
the streetscape plan established for Brand
Boulevard unless otherwise specified.
ABOVE: Large canopy shade trees provide protection from the sun and add to the character of the street.
ABOVE: View of Brand Boulevard streetscape with its
distinctive sidewalk paving.
ABOVE: Primary streets shall incorporate enhanced
urban amenities such as seating, special vegetation,
and illumination that creates a unique and identifiable experience.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
229 of 300
Vision for a Primary Street
Primary Streets typically include the following:
1. Streets that integrate pedestrian, bike, transit, and vehicle use
2. Signalized mid-block crossings
3. Enhanced streetscape of wide sidewalks with accent paving
4. Large canopy street trees
5. Public and semi-public outdoor space such as plazas & courtyards
6. Active street level uses and building facades that address the street
7. Well designed building entries and lobbies
8. The highest level of transit amenities
9. Pedestrian-scaled lighting, signage and wayfinding
10. Public Art
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
230 of 300
4.3.2 MIXED-USE COMMERCIAL STREET
Central Avenue, Broadway, and Colorado Avenue are Mixed-Use Commercial transit streets, also identified as secondary commercial streets, and typically feature wide roadway widths, higher traffic volumes carrying transit vehicles, two travel lanes in each direction, and on-street parking. Within the Downtown, these streets are fronted by the newer residential and mixed-use projects, as well as existing commercial buildings.
STANDARDS
A. All parkways shall be a minimum of 5 feet in
width from face of curb and provide a 4 foot
wide paved area every 20 feet to allow for
unloading of vehicles.
B. Sidewalks shall be a minimum 10 feet wide with
no overlapping use by urban amenities such as
cafe seating, trash receptacles and signage.
C. The building adjacent zone shall be a minimum
3 feet in depth and used for a minimum of 50%
outdoor seating. The balance shall be used for
landscaping or residential stoops.
D. The ground floor of the building frontage
shall be a minimum of 16 feet in height and a
maximum of 20 feet.
E. Retail and neighborhood services are preferred
uses along Mixed-Use Commercial streets and
shall comprise more than 50% of the entire
project frontage.
F. Commercial storefronts shall follow the
standards established in Section 4.2.9.
G. Commercial entries shall be provided every 50
linear feet at a minimum.
ABOVE: Pockets of landscaping, street furnishings and
pedestrian-scaled amenities such as lighting, signage and banners can visually activate areas that may otherwise be less inviting
H. 75% of the street elevation shall be transparent.
I. Residential uses on Mixed-Use Commercial
streets should be less than 50% of the street
frontage and shall follow the standards
established in Section 4.2.11.
J. Seating shall be provided at a ratio of one seat
for every 50 linear feet in the parkway zone.
K. Public art may be located within the parkway
zone.
L. Frontage Streets shall include the same
standards as Mixed-Use Commercial with the
following exceptions:
1. Parkways shall be 8 feet wide; no paved
area for unloading of vehicles is required.
2. Sidewalk widths shall be 6 feet wide.
3. Retail and neighborhood services shall
comprise no more than 25% of the entire
project frontage.
4. 50% of the ground floor facade or
elevation shall be transparent.
ABOVE: Maximum street level transparency provides
interest and personal safety for passersby and pedestrians.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
231 of 300
Vision for a Mixed-Use Commercial Street
Mixed-Use Commercial Streets typically feature the following:
1. Streets that integrate pedestrian, bike, transit, and auto use
2. A walkable street with broad, unobstructed sidewalks, accent paving and street furnishings
3. Closely spaced street trees
4. Expanded sidewalks at intersections that accommodate transit amenities
5. A building adjacent zone for cafe seating, planters and similar urban amenities
6. Integrated public & semi-public outdoor space such as plazas & courtyards
7. Active street level uses
8. Storefronts are varied, highly transparent, and add character to the streetscape
9. Planted parkways
10. Pedestrian-scaled lighting, signage and wayfinding
11. Public Art
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
232 of 300
4.3.3 MIXED-USE RESIDENTIAL STREET
Many of the east-west streets (Doran, Milford, Lexington, California) and the majority of Orange Street are classified as having residential mixed-use frontages. Having narrower street widths and public rights-of-way than commercial mixed-use streets, these street types feature the secondary or rear elevations of newer developments fronting Central Avenue, and shall maintain a pedestrian experience for the existing projects, as well as future developments, given that a significant portion of Orange Street is prime for redevelopment.
STANDARDS
A. All parkways shall be a minimum width of 5
feet from face of curb and shall provide a 4
foot wide paved area every 20 feet to allow for
unloading of vehicles.
B. Sidewalks shall be a minimum 8 feet wide with
no overlapping use by urban amenities such as
cafe seating, trash receptacles and signage.
C. The building adjacent zone shall be an average
3 feet in depth and used for residential stoops,
landscaping or commercial uses.
D. All landscaped areas shall contain a combination
of low, medium, and tall plant materials aappropriate for an interesting and effective landscape.
E. The ground floor of the building frontage
shall be a minimum of 12 feet in height and a
maximum of 16 feet.
F. Residential stoops are preferred on Mixed-Use
Residential streets and shall comprise more than
50% of the entire project frontage.
G. Residential stoops and entries shall follow the
standards established in Section 4.2.11.
H. Commercial uses on Mixed-Use Residential
streets are acceptable, meeting the standards
established in Section 4.2.9.
I. Public art may be located within the parkway
zone.
OPPOSITE TOP: A wide sidewalk, pedestrian-scaled
features such as building materials, street lighting and signage, and the close spacing of street trees elevate the quality of a streetscape.
MIDDLE: Larger buildings maintain a pedestrian-scale
sensitivity through materials, detailing and facade
modulation respectful of the existing context.
BOTTOM: Walkable streets provide a sense of security for pedestrians through active and passive ‘eyes on the street’.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
233 of 300
Vision for a Mixed-Use Residential Street
Mixed-Use Residential Streets typically feature the following:
1. Streets that integrate pedestrian, bike, transit, and vehicle use
2. Enhanced streetscape of wide sidewalks
3. Closely spaced street trees
4. Planted parkways
5. Integrated publicly accessible open space such as courtyards, plazas or paseos
6. Active ground level uses and a high-level of facade transparency
7. Residential stoops and unit entries within a landscaped setback
8. Building facades address the street and feature durable, human-scaled materials
9. Resident balconies on upper floors are an activating feature of the building facade
10. Pedestrian-scaled lighting, signage and wayfinding
11. On-site Public Art
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
234 of 300
4.3.4 RESIDENTIAL STREET
Residential streets are located in the East Broadway District, where landscaped setbacks from the sidewalk are required. This area builds upon the mixed-use, moderate to high-density of this area with newer mixeduse projects featuring upper level housing and retail, services, office, live/work and/or residential along the ground floor. This area includes a number of civic and cultural uses and historic buildings, which have their own unique frontages.
STANDARDS
A. All parkways shall be 4 feet wide from face of
curb.
B. Sidewalks shall be a minimum 6 feet wide with
no overlapping use by urban amenities such as
cafe seating, trash receptacles and signage.
C. The building adjacent zone shall be an average
of 5 feet in depth and shall be used primarily for
residential stoops and entries. The balance shall
be used for landscaping or commercial uses if
permitted.
D. All landscaped areas shall contain a combination
of low, medium, and tall plant materials aappropriate for an interesting and effective landscape.
E. The minimum ground floor building frontage
height shall be 10 feet for at grade residential
entries and 13 feet for raised residential entries.
A maximum height 16 feet is allowed.
F. Residential stoops and entries shall follow the
standards established in Section 4.2.11.
G. Commercial uses on residential streets are
acceptable, meeting the standards established
in Section 4.2.9.
ABOVE: A raised or at grade residential entry close to the public realm can increase safety through “eyes on the
street”. Raised entries can maintain privacy.
ABOVE: Building setbacks, parkways, and vegetation
within the building adjacent zone can create a distinctly residential character, befitting of the less intense uses within the street typology.
ABOVE: A residential streetscape shall be walkable and
feature pedestrian-scaled materials, proportions and
detailing.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
235 of 300
Vision for a Residential Street
Residential Streets typically feature the following:
1. Enhanced streetscape of wide sidewalks and closely spaced street trees for shade and character
2. Residential stoops and unit entries within a landscaped setback (see Section 4.2.11)
3. Ground level porches that maintain an open and softened character. (see Section 4.2.11)
4. Planters have drought tolerant and varied height plants for an interesting & effective landscape
5. Integrated publicly accessible open space such as a courtyards, plazas or paseos
6. Building facades address the street and feature durable, human-scaled materials
7. Resident balconies on upper floors are an activating feature of the building facade
8. Planted parkways that may feature public art
9. Pedestrian-scaled lighting, signage and wayfinding
10. On-site Public Art
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
236 of 300
4.3.5 ENTERTAINMENT STREET
This street type refers to the two-block long Artsakh Avenue (previously Maryland Avenue) between Wilson Avenue and Harvard Street that was established as Glendale’s “Art and Entertainment District”. Anchored by the Laemmle Theaters to the north and the Central Library to the south, the area features its own decorative street paving, a narrower, intimate scale on the northerly block, and a wider, more expansive experience on the southerly block. The street backs up against two larger mixed-use commercial developments – The Exchange and The Marketplace. Artsakh was approved in 2018 for a re-visioning programming project, and the street design shall be governed by the final project approved by City Council.
STANDARDS
A. Streets designated as Entertainment shall follow
their individual streetscape plans.
ABOVE: Storefronts that allow for a seamless transparency between indoor and outdoor activities are positive
gestures for increasing and attracting more pedestrians.
ABOVE: Gateways and signage can create an experience as users arrive at entertainment or special use streets, while supporting the distinct and unique identity of that street.
ABOVE: Entertainment Streets exhibit a high-energy character through accent lighting, festive street furnishings and activities that attract patrons and pedestrians.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
237 of 300
Vision for an Entertainment Street
Entertainment Streets typically feature the following:
1. Enhanced streetscape of wide sidewalks, accent paving, decorative planters & street trees
2. Pedestrian safety measures including traffic calming and crosswalks
3. Pedestrian amenities include seating, trash receptacles, signage & wayfinding
4. Building facades are creatively designed with durable, and human-scaled materials
5. Storefronts are fully operable doors & windows allowing dining & drinking establishments to engage the public realm
6. Pedestrian-scaled lighting
7. Creative lighting elements such as market lights and neon lighting
8. District gateway signage or markers
9. Public Art
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
238 of 300
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
239 of 300
EXHIBIT C
5.4 PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE OPEN SPACE
5.4.1 COURTYARDS & PLAZAS
COURTYARDS & PLAZAS are outdoor rooms designed for public use and are defined by surrounding buildings and/or streets. Primary functions are to encourage a diversity of opportunities for social interaction and activities, to provide relief and relaxation, to expand and reinforce the public realm, and to contribute to the livability and general amenity of the downtown and other adjacent parts of the city. They enhance the downtown environment and are a benefit for the property owners. Proposed uses and design should be determined as part of the overall project design process and shall comply with the established design standards.
STANDARDS
A. Dimensions
1. Shall have a minimum area of 1,200 square feet
and minimum dimensions of 30 feet by 40 feet,
except if the required area is less per Table 5-A.
In such instances, the length of the courtyard
shall be approximately the same as its width.
B. Accessibility
1. Shall be adjacent and open to a public street
and sidewalk of a primary building façade, on
one or two-sides (courtyard or plaza) with an
unobstructed opening dimension of 30 feet on
any open side, unless as noted. An exception
is publicly accessible open space in transition
districts may be located at the rear of the site
with a minimum street edge exposure of 30
feet. An alley shall not be considered a public
street.
2. Security fences, walls, and entry gates shall not
obstruct access from the sidewalk.
3. Raised planters shall not be located along
the perimeter and used to privatize publicly
accessible open space.
4. Shall be open and accessible to the public at a
minimum from 7am to 10pm.
5. Signage shall identify the open space as a
public amenity and the hours of accessibility per
Section 7.2.4(E)7.3.1.E.
6. Vehicular access, loading and parking uses shall
be prohibited.
C. Materials
1. Courtyards and plazas shall be of high-quality
materials. Careful detailing shall include
consideration of materials, their durability and
appearance. No more than 25% of the area may
be paved in standard concrete.
2. Street-level facade standards (see Chapter 4)
shall be applied to facades fronting onto the
open space.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
240 of 300
D. Landscaping
1. At least 25% of the courtyard surface shall be
landscaped with live vegetation. Shade trees and
gardens are strongly encouraged. All landscaped
areas shall contain a combination of low,
medium, and tall plant materials as appropriate.
2. A minimum of one 36-inch box shade tree shall
be provided per 600 square feet of public open
space in a planting area of at least 6 ft x 6 ft x
3 ft deep. At the time of planting, trees shall be at
least 12-feet tall with a 2-inch caliper, 6-inch above
the topmost root.
3. A maximum of 25% of the required landscaping
shall be in raised planters and not located on
the streetside perimeter; the remaining planting
areas shall be at the same elevation as the
adjacent paving. Planted areas may berm up
within the perimeter at no more than a 3:1
slope. Minimum planting and soils area shall be
24-inch by 24-inch by 24-inch (24” x 24” x 24”).
Where a tree is planted the minimum area and
depth shall be increased to 42-inch by 42-inch by
36-inch (42” x 42” x 36”). Planters should have
a 12-inch ledge for seating.
4. The property owner or agent shall maintain
open space and landscaping within the publicly
accessible open space. See G.M.C. 30.31.020.B
for preparation of plans and installation of
landscaping and irrigation in the DSP.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
241 of 300
5.4 PUBLICLY ACCESSIBLE OPEN SPACE (cont’d)
5.4.1 COURTYARDS & PLAZAS (cont’d)
E. Amenities
1. Seating at the ratio of one seat per 200 square
feet of courtyard/plaza area shall be provided,
in addition to any permitted outdoor dining,
in dispersed locations throughout the space.
Seating shall be either movable chairs, or fixed
seats or benches, where such seats shall be 18
lineal inches each. Movable seating is strongly
encouraged.
2. Storefront and unit entries fronting on the open
space shall be designed and lighted to address
safety and avoid unsafe conditions such as limited
visibility, poor illumination, or dark corners.
3. A majority of the open space should have access
to sunlight for the duration of daylight hours. A
mix of direct sunlight and shade is encouraged.
Freestanding shading devices (single installation
on the ground, such as trellis, patio covers,
etc) shall be permitted within the open space,
provided no more than 50% of the open space is
covered.
4. Permanent building projections, including cantilevered overhangs or balconies, may not project over the open space.
5. Open space shall be inviting and well-illuminated
at night with pedestrian-scaled lighting to address
public safety. Fixtures may include low-level lights
and overhead lights attached to building walls.
ABOVE: A daytime trellis structure becomes a nighttime
public art statement.
6. A special feature (public art, water feature,
specimen tree, or other such focal point) shall be
provided for each publicly accessible open space
plaza or courtyard.
7. Bike racks, scooter parking areas, waste
receptacles, and other street furnishings shall be
provided, as identified in Table 5-B.
8. All publicly accessible open space shall follow the
safety standards and considerations as defined
by Crime Prevention Through Environmental
Design (CPTED).
9. Lighting shall be pedestrian-scaled and may
include low-level bollard lights or overhead wall
mounted fixture for a well illuminated area.
ABOVE: A functional public art installation provides plaza users a shaded area for gathering.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
242 of 300
Vision or a Publicly Accessible Plaza
Publicly Accessible Courtyard & Plaza features typically include:
• Open to the Sky
• A minimum dimension of 30 ft x 40 ft
• Fully accessible on one or two sides
• Located at the same elevation as the adjacent sidewalk • A special feature such as public art, a water feature or specimen tree. • Storefronts, Stoops or Unit Entries lining the edges
• Facades with human-scaled materials
• Large canopy trees
• Landscaping primarily at grade
• Pedestrian-scaled lighting, signage and wayfinding
• Street furnishings: seating, waste receptacles etc.
• No vehicle access
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
243 of 300
1 ORDINANCE NO. ________________
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA
AMENDING SECTIONS 30.14.060 AND 30.32.090 OF TITLE 30 OF THE GLENDALE MUNICIPAL CODE, 1995, RELATING TO DSP SETBACK
REQUIREMENTS AND EXCEPTIONS AND DRIVE-THROUGH USES IN THE DSP. (Case No. PZC 2205401)
BE IT ORDAINED BY THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE:
SECTION 1. Section 30.14.060 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 is hereby amended to read as follows:
30.14.060 DSP setback requirements and exceptions.
A. Street Front and Street Side Setback. In the DSP zone, no person shall construct, locate or maintain within the space between a street property line and a setback line established by ordinance or by this title, any building, wall, fence or other improvement or structure with the following exceptions.
1. Non-residential streetStreet frontages. For those properties which are not designated for residential street frontage pursuant to Section 4.2.7 of the Downtown Specific Plan, the street and street side setback is that distance on private property so that the street curb to the building wall is a minimum average of twelve (12) feet. All new projects in the DSP shall provide setbacks measured from the face of the curb in compliance with the Downtown Specific Plan Section 4.1.3 Building Setbacks and specified in Table 4-B. No building, wall, fence or structure shall be constructed, located or maintained within the required setback except:
a. All those uses, structures, and appurtenant equipment permitted in Section 4.2.7.A of the Downtown Specific Plan;
b. Driveways and walks, provided that a driveway shall be limited to that area reasonably necessary to provide safe and efficient ingress to and egress from off-street parking spaces located behind a setback area; c. Eaves may project into a required setback area for a distance not to exceed thirty (30) inches;
d. Footings and public utility vaults if fully subterranean; e. Landscape accent lighting not to exceed eighteen (18) inches in height; f. Retaining walls, planters or curbs which are not more than eighteen (18) inches in height above the ground surface existing at the time of construction; Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
244 of 300
2 g. Subterranean parking garages may extend to the street property line including equipment, service, utility and storage areas provided such areas do not have any door, window or other opening to the outside along the street property line.
2. Residential street frontage. For those properties which are designated for residential street frontage pursuant to Section 4.2.7 of the Downtown Specific Plan, the street and street side setback is a minimum of six (6) feet. No building, wall, fence or other improvement or structure shall be constructed, located or maintained within the required setback except:
a. Driveways and walks, provided that a driveway shall be limited to that area reasonably necessary to provide safe and efficient ingress to and egress from off-street parking spaces located behind a setback area; b. Eaves may project into a required setback area for a distance not to exceed thirty (30) inches;
c. Flagpoles limited to one (1) per site;
d. Footings and public utility vaults if fully subterranean; e. Landscape accent lighting not to exceed eighteen (18) inches in height; f. Necessary railings adjacent to stairways;
g. Retaining walls, planters or curbs which are not more than eighteen (18) inches in height above the ground surface existing at the time of construction; h. Subterranean parking garages may extend to the street property line including equipment, service, utility and storage areas provided such areas do not have any door, window or other opening to the outside along the street property line;
i. Uncovered steps or landings not over four (4) feet high as measured parallel to the natural or finish ground level at the location of the construction may project into the required area between a street curb and the building for a length of fourteen (14) feet measured parallel to the building. Such steps and landings may project into the required setback area to the property line.
32. Storage of material prohibited. No person shall store materials or equipment within the space between a street and a setback line established by ordinance or by this chapter, except temporarily during construction on the same premises temporarily during construction on the same premises.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
245 of 300
3 B. Interior Setback. In the DSP zone, no person shall construct, locate or maintain within the space between a property line and an interior setback line established by ordinance or by this title, any building, wall, fence or other improvement or structure except:
1. General exceptions.
a. Boundary line walls.
b. Eaves may project into a required setback area for a distance not to exceed thirty (30) inches, provided they do not project closer than thirty (30) inches to an interior property line.
c. Footings and public utility vaults if fully subterranean. d. Driveways, walks and parking areas including lighting pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 30.32.
e. Railings adjacent to stairways.
f. Subterranean and semi-subterranean parking garages may extend to the interior property line including equipment, service, utility and storage areas provided such areas do not have any door, window or other opening to the outside along the interior property line.
g. Uncovered steps or landings not over four (4) feet high as measured parallel to the natural or finish ground level at the location of the construction may project into the required setback area four (4) feet for a length of fourteen (14) feet measured parallel to the building.
2. Storage prohibited. No required interior setback area shall be used to store any motor vehicle, trailer, camper, boat or parts thereof, equipment or any type of antenna except as provided for in this title. (Ord. 5836 § 8, 2014; Ord. 5541 § 14, 2006)
SECTION 2. Section 30.32.090 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995 is hereby amended to read as follows:
30.32.090 Parking area design and layout standards.
A. Enclosed Parking. Required parking for residential uses, except guest parking and parking for domestic violence shelters, must be fully enclosed, except for entryways to subterranean and semi-subterranean garage and necessary ventilation for parking structures in the R-3050, R-2250, R-1650, R-1250 zones. This shall only apply in all mixed use zones where more than one (1) dwelling unit exists on a lot, and in all residential zones.
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
246 of 300
4 B. Width, Length and Aisle Width. Each parking space shall have a width, length and aisle width in accordance with Section 30.32.180 charts I, II, and III; provided, however, that parking spaces in excess of the number required herein or as regulated by Section 30.32.040B. (location of parking) may be tandem or vertically stacked parking spaces. Parking spaces used solely for vehicle display and storage of vehicle inventory need not follow minimum space size requirements.
Encroachment onto a required residential (R) zone parking space may be permitted to accommodate structural reinforcement, installation of pipes, vents or other similar improvements for six (6) inches of the length. This subsection shall apply only to retrofitting of existing construction. The encroachment shall not impair the overall usefulness of the parking space or parking area for its intended purpose as a parking space or area.
C. Turning Radius. The outer radius of any turning area to a required parking space into any 1 or 2 car garage shall be a minimum of twenty-five (25) feet. See Section 30.32.180 chart VII.
D. Turning Area. Turning and approach areas for more than two (2) parking spaces shall have a minimum clear dimension illustrated by the letter “D” on Section 30.32.180 charts II and III which is set out at the end of this chapter and by this reference made a part hereof, from the nearest end of a parking space to any property line, structure, obstruction or other parking space, except where such turning space abuts an alley in which case the turning space dimension may include the width of the alley.
E. Vertical Clearance. All parking spaces shall have a minimum seven (7) foot vertical clearance. The front three (3) feet of a parking space in an enclosed garage in a residential zone, however, may have a vertical clearance of four (4) feet. See Section 30.32.180 chart VIII.
F. Slope. No parking space shall exceed a slope of five (5) percent.
G. Back-Up. Direct backing into or out of a parking area to the street shall not be permitted except for parking for three (3) or fewer residential dwelling units where backing onto a street designated as a local street in the circulation element of the Glendale General Plan may be permitted. Direct backing onto any street is permitted for properties with only one (1) single family dwelling. Direct backing into or out a parking area onto an alley is permitted.
H. Drive-Through Waiting Lane. Any drive-up or drive-through bay for in-car service shall be provided with an on site vehicular waiting lane for each drive-up or drivethrough bay having a minimum width of nine (9) feet and a minimum length of one hundred (100) feet to two hundred (200) feet measured from the service window or area for restaurants (counter service with limited seating, fast food or full service), or a minimum length of sixty (60) feet to one hundred twenty (120) feet for uses other than Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
247 of 300
5 restaurants (fast food or full service), as deemed appropriate by the reviewing authority.
In no event shall there be less than sixty (60) feet from the start of the lane and any ordering device. Such drive-through lane shall be a separate lane from the circulation routes and aisles necessary for ingress to or egress from the property or access to any off-street parking spaces. In the DSP zone, such drive-through lane shall be enclosed, except for any necessary vehicular access openings, and any necessary curb openings shall not be permitted to increase the width of curb openings necessary to access offstreet parking areas. See Section 30.32.180 chart IX.
Drive-through waiting lanes are not permitted in the Downtown Specific Plan (DSP).
I. Gates. Parking lot and parking garage gates shall not move in a direction that interferes with on-street or pedestrian circulation.
J. Landscaping. See Section 30.32.160 for landscaping requirements.
K. Parking Structure Standards in the IND, IMU, IMU-R and SFMU Zones. For parking structure standards in the IND, IMU, IMU-R and SFMU zones, see Section 30.34.120.
SECTION 3. Severability. This ordinance is adopted under the authority of the Charter of the City of Glendale and State law. If any section, subsection, clause or phrase is declared invalid or otherwise void by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall not affect any remaining provision hereof. In this regard the City Council finds and declares that it would have adopted this measure notwithstanding any partial invalidity hereof.
SECTION 4. Development or tentative tract map applications which have been deemed complete, approved discretionary entitlements, or ministerial projects submitted to plan check prior to the adoption of this ordinance shall be reviewed under the zoning rules and regulations which were in effect on the day prior to adoption of this ordinance. The foregoing notwithstanding, any applicant may make a request in writing to the Director of Community Development that his or her application be reviewed under the zoning rules and regulations as amended by this ordinance.
Passed by the Council of the City of Glendale on the _______ day of ________, 2022. ______________________________
Mayor
Attest
_______________________
City Clerk
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
248 of 300
6 STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS.
CITY OF GLENDALE )
I, ARAM ADJEMIAN, City Clerk of the City of Glendale, California, certify that the foregoing Ordinance No. ______________ was passed by the Council of the City of Glendale, California, by a vote of four-fifths (4/5ths) of the members thereof, at a regular meeting held on the ________ day of __________, 2022 by the following vote:
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
____________________________
City Clerk
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
249 of 300
PLANNING COMMISSION MOTION
General Plan Amendment Case No. PGPA2205740 and
Zoning Text Amendment Case No. PZC2205401
Moved by Commissioner Chraghchian, and seconded by Commissioner Minassian, after a duly-noticed public hearing of the Planning Commission to consider the proposed Downtown Specific Plan (DSP) amendments generally relating to miscellaneous texts amendments (PGPA2205740), and proposed zoning code text amendment to Sections 30.14.060 and 30.32.090, generally relating to setbacks and regulations for drive-throughs in the DSP (Case No. PZC2205401), and based on the findings that the proposed actions are categorical exemption pursuant to Article 19, Section 15305 and Article 5, Section 15061(b)(3)) of California Environmental Quality Act Guidelines as set forth in the May 4, 2022 staff report, the Planning Commission hereby recommends that the City Council adopt the proposed amendments to the Downtown Specific Plan and the proposed amendments to Title 30 of the Glendale Municipal Code, 1995.
Adopted this 4th day of May, 2022.
Vote as follows -- Ayes: Chraghchian, Fuentes, Lee, Minassian, Noes:
Absent: Shahbazian
Abstain:
Exhibit 1 - May 24, 2022 Council Report
250 of 300
8a
CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA
REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA ITEM
Report: Appointment to Fill Vacancy on the Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Airport Authority Commission
1. Motion appointing an individual to serve as a Glendale representative on the Airport Authority Commission for the remainder of the unexpired term through May 31, 2025.
2. Motion directing staff on other options for recruitment and selection of an Airport Authority Commissioner.
COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Action Item
Approved for September 20, 2022 calendar
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
City Council is being asked to consider appointing one individual to the unexpired term (through May 31, 2025) to serve as a member representing the City of Glendale on the Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Airport Authority Commission. Council can immediately appoint any elected or non-elected official to fill the vacancy, or direct staff to establish a recruitment and selection process to assess individuals for appointment. 251 of 300
2 a 8
COUNCIL PRIORITIES
N/A
RECOMMENDATION
Staff respectfully recommends that Council consider appointing an individual to the unexpired term (through May 31, 2025) to serve as a member representing the City of Glendale on the Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Airport Authority Commission.
BACKGROUND
The Hollywood Burbank Airport is owned and operated by the Burbank-GlendalePasadena Airport Authority (BGPAA), a government agency created and governed by a joint powers agreement (JPA) between the cities of Burbank, Glendale, and Pasadena.
The BGPAA is governed by nine Commissioners, three appointed from each city. The Commissioners serve four year terms.
Under the JPA, no qualifications are established for appointment of commissioners by any of the cities (Paragraph 2.2, Commission of the Authority). Each city appoints commissioners based upon their own policies and criteria.
Currently, Councilmember Paula Devine and Councilmember Ara Najarian serve as Glendale’s members on the BGPAA Commission. Former Councilmember Vrej Agajanian was also a member, but at the conclusion of his term on City Council on July 12, 2022, he ceased to be a member of the Commission, as Section 2.2 of the JPA specifies the following:
Any member [of the Commission] who also serves as a member of the governing body [City Council] of any Party shall automatically forfeit such member's membership on the Commission if such member ceases to be a member of the governing body, but after such forfeiture, such member may be appointed or reappointed to the Commission. In case of a vacancy in membership on the Commission, the same shall be promptly filled by the governing body of the Party which appointed the vacating member.
That same section of the JPA also states:
In case of a vacancy in membership on the Commission, the same shall be promptly filled by the governing body of the Party which appointed the vacating member. An appointment to fill a vacancy during an unexpired term shall be for a period of the unexpired term.
Regularly scheduled meetings take place the first and third Mondays of each month at 9:00 am, with various committee meetings taking place right before or after the regularly scheduled meetings.
252 of 300
3 a 8
ANALYSIS
At this time, Council can immediately appoint any elected or non-elected official to fill the vacancy for the term expiring on May 31, 2025; or Council can direct staff to establish a recruitment and selection process to assess individuals for appointment.
In the event that Council appoints a Council Member to serve on the BGPPA Commission, staff will update and post FPPC Form 806 pertaining to additional compensation/stipend that is paid to members of BGPAA.
STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
N/A
FISCAL IMPACT
There is no fiscal impact associated with this report.
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
The appointment of a member to the BGPAA is exempt from environmental review because it can be seen with certainty that the act of selecting a representative member would not have any effect on the environment, pursuant to CEQA Guidelines Section 15061(b)(3).
CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
This item is exempt from campaign disclosure requirements.
ALTERNATIVES
Alternative 1: Appoint an individual to the Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Airport Authority to serve as Commissioner for the remainder of the vacant unexpired term through May 31, 2025.
Alternative 2: Direct staff on other options for recruitment and selection of a Commissioner.
Alternative 3: Council may consider any other alternative not proposed by staff.
ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Prepared by:
Christine Powers, Senior Executive Analyst
Approved by:
Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager
EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS
None
253 of 300
C:\inetpub\wwwroot\multitenant\temp\CC_09202022_Motion_8a1.pdf MOTION
Moved by Council Member ____________________________, seconded by Council Member ___________________________, that the Council of the City of Glendale hereby selects and appoints _________________ to fill a vacancy on the Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Airport Authority commission through the rest of the unexpired term, which unexpired term ends on May 31, 2025. Said appointment shall be effective immediately.
Vote as follows:
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
254 of 300
C:\inetpub\wwwroot\multitenant\temp\CC_09202022_Motion_8a2.pdf
M O T I O N
Moved by Council Member , seconded by
Council Member , that with regard to the process for
recruitment and selection of an individual to serve as the Glendale representative on the Burbank-Glendale-Pasadena Airport Authority Commission, the Council hereby directs staff as follows:
Vote as follows:
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
255 of 300
8b
CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA
REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL
AGENDA ITEM
Report: Scholl Canyon Landfill Biogas Renewable Generation Project.
1. Resolution authorizing the City Manager, or his designee, to execute Amendment No. 1 with Western Energy Systems, a division of Pen Power Group, LLC (WES), for the sale of Power Island Major Equipment (PIME) and services for the Biogas Renewable Generation Project and authorizing the issuance of the Full Notice to Proceed (FNTP) to WES in the not-toexceed amount of $17,629,194, plus a Ten percent (10%) contingency in the amount of $1,762,919.
2. Motion authorizing the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into an Engineer-Procure-Construct (EPC) Contract with ACCO Engineered Systems Inc. for the engineering, design and construction of the Biogas Renewable Generation Project at the Scholl Canyon Landfill, in the not-toexceed amount of $43,637,098, plus a Fifteen percent (15%) contingency in the amount of $6,545,565.
3. Resolution of Appropriation.
COUNCIL ACTION
Item Type: Action Item
Approved for September 20, 2022 calendar
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
On November 30, 2021, the City Council certified the Environmental Impact Report (EIR) for the Scholl Canyon Landfill Biogas Renewable Generation Project (Biogas Project) and approved the Conditional Use Permit (CUP) and Special Recreation (SR) Permit.
Glendale Water & Power (GWP) staff now recommends that the City Council issue the Full Notice to Proceed (FNTP) for the second and final phase of the Biogas Project, authorize the execution of Amendment No. 1 with WES, and authorize an EngineerProcure-Construct contract for the engineering, design and construction of the Biogas Project, as well as adopting a resolution appropriating funds to cover the cost of developing Biogas Project and Owner’s Engineering Services. 256 of 300
2 b 8
COUNCIL PRIORITIES
Infrastructure: This project will install four gas engine generators, along with landfill gas cleanup system with the purpose of capturing and incinerating the existing landfill gas (LFG) and capitalizing on this renewable energy by-product from such incineration for beneficial public use as a renewable energy resource.
Environmental Stewardship: Currently, the LFG generated by the decomposition of fill materials in the Scholl Canyon landfill is collected, compressed to remove liquids and combusted in an existing flaring system. The project will initially generate 12 megawatts of non-intermittent, locally generated electricity that is enough to power over 11,000 homes using renewable energy.
RECOMMENDATION
Approve and issue the FNTP for the Biogas Project, and authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute Amendment No. 1 to Contract with WES to provide for the remaining engineering design, fabrication, delivery and installation of the Power Island Major Equipment (PIME) to the site, as well as provide training for City staff and technical oversight. Staff also recommends that the City Manager, or his designee, enter into an Engineer-Procure-Construct (EPC) Contract with ACCO for the engineering, design and construction of the Biogas Project.
Adopt a resolution appropriating funds to cover the development of Biogas Project.
BACKGROUND
On June 13, 2017, the City Council, by Resolution No. 17-68, issued a Limited Notice to Proceed (“LNTP”) authorizing the City Manager to execute a contract with WES for the engineering support, and detailed specifications and data regarding the PIME for the Biogas Project in order for the City to apply for permits, undertake California Environmental Quality Act (“CEQA”) reviews and information for the preparation of the Request for Proposal (“RFP”) for the EPC contractor for the Biogas Project.
Additionally, on June 13, 2017, the City Council, by Resolution 17-69, authorized GWP to issue the Request for Qualification (RFQ), and subsequently the Request for Proposals (RFP) utilizing the City’s Alternative Delivery Method to secure an EPC contractor to thereafter return to the City Council for consideration of the issuance of a contract.
On November 30, 2021, the City Council certified the EIR for the Biogas Project and approved the CUP and the SR Permit. The next necessary steps, in order to proceed with the Biogas Project, would be the issuance of the FNTP to WES, the PIME supplier and the award of the EPC contract. Each one of these items is discussed below.
In January 2022, GWP’s Owner’s Engineer for the Biogas Project, Worley Group Inc. (Worley) undertook the RFQ and the subsequent RFP process to identify the most overall qualified EPC contractor in terms of price and technical competence. The process that was followed from January 2022 to present is as follows:
257 of 300
3 b 8
• December 17, 2021 - January 21, 2022: Worley was hired to be the new Owners Engineer for the Scholl Biogas project.
• January 21, 2022 - February 4: Worley revised the RFP documents as necessary and sent invitations to the three 2017 prequalified EPC companies to submit proposals for the RFP.
• February 17: GWP is notified that all three EPCs elected to not submit proposals in response to the RFP, all for different reasons.
• February 23: GWP decided to issue a new RFQ followed by a new RFP phase.
RFQ submittal deadline was set for April 1, 2022.
• April 15: All RFQ respondents are approved to move to the RFP stage (ACCO, ARB Inc. (ARB), and SCS Energy).
• April 19: the RFP issuance pushed to May 9 that consequently pushed RFP due date to July 1.
• June 15: ARB schedule extension request of two weeks is approved; RFP due date pushed to July 15.
• July 12: ARB another schedule extension request of two weeks is approved; RFP due date pushed to July 29.
• August 19: Worley completed the evaluations of the two proposals received from ACCO and ARB.
Worley also worked with GWP and WES to have all the contract documents amended to allow GWP to issue the FNTP to WES for engine procurement, pending City Council approval of the project. WES has committed to firm pricing through September 23, 2022, pending that they get the FNTP prior to that date.
As discussed in more detail below, the City has been working with the South Coast Air Quality Management District (“SCAQMD”) since June 2017 on the submittal of the application for the required AQMD permit.
ANALYSIS
The City serves its system load through a combination of renewable energy sources comprised of local and imports, non-renewable imports, and local-generation. Between 1996 and 2017, the City was primarily burning the landfill gas from the Scholl Canyon Landfill in steam boilers located at the Grayson Power Plant via a 5.5-mile long underground dedicated pipeline. In 2018, based on SCAQMD directives, the City discontinued burning landfill gas in the Grayson boilers. Since then, the landfill gas has been burning in the existing flaring system at the Scholl Canyon Landfill that is operated by the Los Angeles County Sanitation District.
To ensure the most optimal use of the existing landfill gas, as well as to provide a reliable renewable energy resource, the City proposes to install four Jenbacher Gas Engine Generators, with the applicable landfill gas cleanup system, on a 2.2-acre site at the Scholl Canyon Landfill. Given that Scholl Landfill gas composition and degradation is site specific, GWP hired an independent consulting firm, SCS Engineers, to model future gas production and degradation at the landfill and to assess the condition of the 258 of 300
4 b 8
landfill after its future potential closure. Per SCS Engineers modeling, there will be sufficient gas production to run the proposed four engines until 2034, and three engines until 2042. During this time, the Biogas Project will generate approximately 12MW10.5MW (four engines) and 9MW-7.7MW (three engines) of gross renewable power.
After 2042, there will be only two engines running and generating an estimated 6MW of gross power.
Status of the WES Contract and the FNTP:
In 2018 WES’ price for the FNTP was $13,928,938. Although, five years have gone by and the cost has increased due to significant inflation rate, staff managed to negotiate a price of $17,629,194 with WES. The price comprises of $16,360,451 for the original scope of work, as well as an additional sum of $1,268,743 for added scope of work that includes a natural gas compressor due to the low pressure of the SoCal Gas system and for shipping requirements, WES has to subcontract out certain EPC mechanical and electrical services in order to reassemble/assemble the engine-generator modules before turning them over to the City. The modules cannot be delivered to the site as a whole, i.e. a complete engine-generator package, due to shipping constraints.
The RFP Process for the EPC Contract:
To ensure that the public had an opportunity to participate in the Biogas project, the RFQ for the Project was reissued on March 4, 2022. Three qualified EPC firms responded to the RFQ, and all were selected to proceed to the RFP stage. After amending the RFP documents from their 2017 versions, the RFP was issued to the three qualified firms on May 9, 2022 with a proposal due date of July 29, 2022.
The City received three responses to the RFP. Two were formal proposals, which are discussed in more detail below: one from ARB Inc., in the amount of $ 70,909,700, and another from ACCO Engineered Systems, Inc., in the amount of $ 43,637,098. The third response was from SCS Energy, which declined to submit a formal proposal due to business reasons but informally stated that had a proposal been submitted, their budgetary price would have been $55,800,000.
Upon review of the proposal documents and after considering all of the required metrics of evaluation, GWP recommends that ACCO be awarded this EPC contract. At this time, this request for approval is to authorize WES and ACCO to begin work on the project with notices to proceed
259 of 300
5 b 8
Project Description: The proposed Biogas Renewable Generation Project will serve two major roles for the City:
• Provide the City a Renewable Portfolio Standard
resource.
• Provide an environmentally sound manner in
which to use the landfill gas from the Scholl
Canyon Landfill.
The proposed Biogas Renewable Generation Project, a
12 MW power plant, is to be located at Glendale’s
existing Scholl Canyon Landfill (Site). The power plant will consist of four self-enclosed Jenbacher JGS 620
Reciprocating Engine Generators (REG), a biogas and
condensate treating facility, natural gas pipeline, and electrical interconnection to Glendale Water and
Power’s (GWP) electrical distribution system.
RFP Approved: May 5, 2022
Advertisement Method: Email to Pre-Qualified EPC vendors with SharePoint link to all pertinent documents.
RFP Issued: May 6, 2022
RFP Due Date: July 29, 2022
Company Name(s) and
Proposal Amount(s):
ACCO: $43,637,098
ARB: $70,909,700
Selection Criteria
(If SS, list applicable
Provision):
• Capital Cost - 45% (45 points)
• Proposers LFG and Condensate Cleanup
System Design - 25% (25 points)
• Conformance with Commercial and Agreement
Requirements; Proposed Schedule of Values -
10% (10 points)
• Conformance with Technical Requirements -
10% (10 points)
• Proposal Supplement and Presentation - 10%
(10 points)
• Value Engineering Alternatives (if any) - total
possible of 5 additional points.
Consultant(s): Worley
New / Existing
Consultant(s): New
260 of 300
6 b 8
Procurement Method
(RFP / SS): RFP
Contract Term: Approximately 2 years from EPC FNTP to in-service date.
Project Begins:
November 1, 2022
Project Ends: November 1, 2024
Change Orders (When Applicable)
Company name: N/A
Original Approved
Contract Amount:
N/A
Approved Contingency: N/A
Change Order History: N/A
This Change Order
(Increase):
N/A
New Contract Total (If
Approved):
N/A
AQMD Permit:
On August 24, 2022, the City received confirmation by the SCAQMD of its intent to issue the draft permit for the Biogas Project and as of the submittal date of this Report, the City anticipates receiving said draft permit by September 13, 2022.
STAKEHOLDERS/OUTREACH
Extensive stakeholder outreach was conducted for the Biogas Project, the process of which was governed by the requirements of the applicable California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines. The City issued a Notice of Preparation of the Draft Environmental Impact Report (DEIR) for the Proposed Project on March 21, 20191. The CEQA-governed public outreach, as well as the City’s efforts for stakeholder outreach are summarized in this section.
The Project DEIR was circulated for public review and comment from July 1, 2020, through September 30, 2020 for an extended 90-day public comment period. Through the CEQA process, outreach was undertaken to the following stakeholders:
- Residents and business owners: through publication of notification of, and information relating to, the DEIR through the CEQA noticing process (e.g. publication through the county, city and state clearinghouse, through GWP’s social media platforms and through the City’s website, as well as noticed and agendized public hearings before the GWP Commission, Sustainability 1 Prior to the issuance of the Notice of Preparation of the DEIR and the DEIR/FEIR process, the City issued public notice and conducted public hearings for the Mitigated Negative Declaration (MND) for the Biogas Project. At the direction of the City Council, the City proceeded with the much more comprehensive CEQA review via the DEIR/FEIR process.
261 of 300
7 b 8
Commission, Planning Commission and the City Council.
- Surrounding jurisdictions and applicable authorities (such as, but not limited to, the City of Pasadena; City of Los Angeles; Los Angeles County; South Coast Air Quality Management District; Los Angeles Sanitation District; City of La Canada; Caltrans; California Air Resources Board; State Water Resources Control Board; Department of Toxic Substances Control; and the California Department of Fish and Wildlife): by providing them written notification of the DEIR with an opportunity to submit comments, each of which were addressed thoroughly by the City.
FISCAL IMPACT
The total contractual cost for Biogas Renewable Generation Project is $70,574,776 based on the following cost breakdown:
• FNTP to WES and EPC: $61,266,292
• Total contingency of $8,308,484 at 10 and 15 percent for WES and EPC; respectively.
• Owner’s Engineer and miscellaneous project costs: $1,000,000 Of this amount, $26,000,000 was approved as a part of the FY 2022-23 budget. The remaining amount of $44,574,776 was not included, therefore staff is requesting for an appropriation of $44,574,776 from the Electric Surplus Fund Balance. The existing appropriation and the requested appropriation is outlined below:
Existing Appropriation
Amount Account String Funding Source
$26,000,000 GL: 43110-5830-GWP-0020
PL: 31005
Electric Depreciation Fund
Requesting Appropriation
Amount From (Account
String)
To (Account String) Funding
Source
$44,574,776 GL: 27900-5810-
GWP-0000
GL: 43110-5830-GWP0020
PL: 31005
Electric Surplus
Fund Balance
ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW (CEQA/NEPA)
As required by the CEQA Guidelines (14 Cal Code Regs §15082(a)(1)), the City issued a Notice of Preparation of the Draft Environmental Impact Report (DEIR) for the Proposed Project on March 21, 2019. The Project DEIR was circulated for public review and comment from July 1, 2020, through September 30, 2020 for a 90-day period.
Numerous public comments were received and responses to each public comment were drafted and incorporated into the Final Environmental Impact Report (FEIR), which was prepared pursuant to the City of Glendale’s adopted Procedures for Preparation and Processing of Environmental Documents (Glendale CEQA Guidelines, 2016) and 262 of 300
8 b 8
Public Resources Code §§21000 et seq., and the CEQA Guidelines (15 Cal Code Regs §15000 et. seq. The FEIR was published on the City’s website on August 2, 2021. On November 30, 2021 the EIR was certified by the City Council.
In addition to the above synopsis, GWP has been working with Montrose Environmental Solutions to secure the proper permit with SCAQMD. SCAQMD has been cooperative with this process and, as a result, has provided the attached draft permit in this submittal (for reference only) to show the progress made thus far.
CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE
In accordance with the City Campaign Finance Ordinance No. 5744, the attachment to this Report contains the names and business addresses of the members of the board of directors, the chairperson, CEO, COO, CFO, Subcontractors and any person or entity with more than 10% interest or more in the company proposed for contract in this Agenda Item (see Exhibit 1).
ALTERNATIVES
Alternative 1: Authorize and approve the actions requested and recommended in this report to have 12 to 6 megawatts of local renewable and reliable energy from no cost landfill gas for over 20 years.
Alternative 2: Do not authorize or approve the actions requested and recommended in this report which will have the effect of the need to continue flaring the landfill gas 24/7 for many years with no beneficial use, as well as the cost to purchase replacement energy.
ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION
Prepared by:
Daniel Scorza, Chief Assistant General Manager - Electric Approved by:
Roubik R. Golanian, P.E., City Manager
EXHIBITS/ATTACHMENTS
Exhibit 1: Campaign Finance Disclosure for ACCO Engineered Systems, Inc. 263 of 300
M O T I O N
Moved by Council Member ________________________________, seconded by Council Member __________________________________, that the Council of the City of Glendale finds that that the Council of the City of Glendale, having previously by Resolution No. 17-69, authorized the General Manager of Glendale Water & Power Department (GWP) to issue a Request For Proposal (RFP) using the Engineer, Procure, Construct (EPC) project delivery method for the design, engineering and construction of the Biogas Renewable Generation Project, hereby accepts and approves the proposal of ACCO Engineered Systems, Inc. for the design, engineering and construction of the Biogas Renewable Generation Project (RFP No. 3649), as recommended by the Report dated September 20, 2022 by the General Manager of GWP, and authorizes the City Manager, or his designee, subject to approval by the City Attorney, to enter into an EPC contract with ACCO Engineered Systems, Inc. in the notto-exceed amount of $43,637,098, plus a fifteen percent (15%) contingency in the amount of $6,545,565.
Vote as follows:
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
264 of 300
1 RESOLUTION NO. _______________
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA, AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER, OR HIS DESIGNEE, TO EXECUTE AMENDMENT NO. 1
WITH WESTERN ENERGY SYSTEMS, A DIVISION OF PENN POWER GROUP, LLC, FOR THE
SALE OF POWER ISLAND MAJOR EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES FOR THE BIOGAS
RENEWABLE GENERATION PROJECT AND AUTHORIZING THE ISSUANCE OF A FULL
NOTICE TO PROCEED
WHEREAS, the City of Glendale (City), through Glendale Water & Power Department (GWP) operates a municipal utility for the distribution of electrical energy to the citizens of the City; and
WHEREAS, on June 13, 2017, by Resolution 17-68, the City Council authorized the City Manager or his designee, to execute a contract with Western Energy Systems (WES) for the sale of power island major equipment and services for the Biogas Renewable Generation Project (Project) and also authorized the issuance of a Limited Notice to Proceed (LNTP) for the first phase (of two phases) of the proposed Project during which WES provided engineering support and detailed specifications and data regarding the equipment as needed in order for the City to apply for permits, undertake California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) reviews and information for the preparation of the Request for Proposals (RFP) for the Engineer, Procure, Construct (EPC) contractor for the proposed Project; and
WHEREAS, the second phase of the proposed Project is the Full Notice to Proceed (FNTP) to be issued by the Council to proceed with the proposed Project by which authorization will be granted to WES to manufacture, supply and oversee the installation of, and warrant the Power Island Major Equipment; and
WHEREAS, the LNTP phase of the proposed Project has been completed with the exception of certain tasks which will be moved to the FNTP phase, as has the required CEQA process via the issuance of a Notice of Preparation of the Draft Environmental Impact Report (DEIR) for the Proposed Project on March 21, 2019; the circulation of the Project DEIR for public review and comment from July 1, 2020, through September 30, 2020 for a 90-day period; receipt of numerous public comments were and responses to each public comment drafted and incorporated into the Final Environmental Impact Report (FEIR), which was prepared pursuant to the City’s adopted Procedures for Preparation and Processing of Environmental Documents (Glendale CEQA Guidelines, 2016) and Public Resources Code §§21000 et seq.), and the CEQA Guidelines (15 Cal Code Regs §15000 et. seq.); and the FEIR being published on the City’s website on August 2, 2021; and
WHEREAS, on November 30, 2021, the City Council certified the Environmental Impact Report (EIR) for the Project and approved Conditional Use Permit No PCUP 2012782 and Special Recreation Review No. PSRZDR 2012781; and
WHEREAS, given the foregoing and the additional information regarding the Project provided in the Report dated September 20, 2022 by the General Manager of GWP, the City Council hereby authorizes the City Manager, or his designee, to issue the FNTP to proceed with the proposed Project by providing the necessary authorization for WES to manufacture, supply and oversee the installation of, and warrant the Power Island Major Equipment; and WHEREAS, in the June 2017 Resolution No. 17-68, the proposed FNTP price is listed at $14,151,366; however, that price was valid until 2018, and over the last four years, the market has 265 of 300 2 been subject to changes and inflation which has affected the FNTP price and as such the FNTP price authorized by the City Council in this Resolution shall supersede and replace the FNTP price in Resolution 17-68; and
WHEREAS, since the execution of the contract with WES and the issuance of the LNTP in June 2017, an amendment to the contract with WES is necessary to amend and add tasks to WES’s scope of work as necessary for the implementation of the FNTP, the cost of which is included in the FNTP price authorized by the City Council via this Resolution.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF GLENDALE AS FOLLOWS:
SECTION 1. The City Council hereby finds that the requirements of CEQA have been met for the Biogas Renewable Generation Project, as set forth in this Resolution and the Report dated September 20, 2022 by the General Manager of GWP, and authorizes the City Manager, or his designee, to issue the FNTP to Western Energy Systems, A Division of Penn Power Group, LLC (WES) to manufacture, supply and oversee the installation of, and warrant the Power Island Major Equipment for the Biogas Renewable Generation Project, in the not to exceed amount of $17,629,194, plus a ten percent (10%) contingency in the amount of $1,762,919. The form of said FNTP shall be subject to the approval of the City Attorney.
SECTION 2. The City Council hereby authorizes the City Manager, or his designee, to enter into and execute Amendment No. 1 to the City’s contract with WES, Contract No. C106537, to amend the scope of work as necessary for the implementation of the FNTP. The form of said amendment shall be subject to the approval of the City Attorney.
SECTION 3. This Resolution shall take effect immediately upon its adoption.
Adopted this _____ day of _________________________, 2022.
Mayor
ATTEST:
City Clerk
266 of 300
3 STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES ) SS.
CITY OF GLENDALE )
I, Suzie Abajian, PH.D., City Clerk of the City of Glendale, certify that the foregoing Resolution No. __________ was adopted by the Council of the City of Glendale, California, at a regular meeting thereof held on the _____ day of _______________, 2022, by the following vote:
Ayes:
Noes:
Absent:
Abstain:
City Clerk
267 of 300
268 of 300
City of Glendale
DISCLOSURE - CAMPAIGN FINANCE ORDINANCE
The City Council adopted Ordinance No. 5744, “Campaign Finance Ordinance,” which became effective on September 9, 2011, and subsequently amended it with Ordinance No. 5768, which became effective on March 15, 2012 and Ordinance No. 5885, which became effective on November 3, 2016 (“the Ordinance”). The Ordinance prohibits: (1) A contractor* (including a subcontractor**)― who has a contract with the City of Glendale (“City”), the Successor Agency (“SA”), or the Housing Authority of the City of Glendale (“HA”) and that contract is subject to approval by the City Council, SA, or HA― from making a contribution to a City Council member, SA member, HA member, City Clerk, or City Treasurer; and (2) Council members, SA members, and HA members from voting on matters concerning a contract with a person who has provided a campaign contribution.
The Ordinance applies to a contractor whose contract requires the City Council’s, SA’s, or HA’s approval. A contract with the City, SA, or HA is known as a “City Contract.” The Ordinance also applies to a subcontractor who has a subcontract through a City Contract. The Ordinance excludes a competitively bid contract awarded to the lowest responsible bidder.
To assist members of the City Council, SA, and HA before they vote on a matter regarding a City Contract, the Ordinance requires City staff to prepare this report which discloses certain information about: the contractor receiving the City Contract, and the subcontractor(s) working under the City Contract.
A contractor must provide the information listed below when: A subcontractor must provide the information listed below when:
The City Contract has a total anticipated or actual value of $50,000 or more; or The subcontract through a City Contract has a total anticipated or actual value of $25,000 or more; or
A combination or series of City Contracts have a value of $50,000 or more. A combination or series of subcontracts, for the same or different projects, have an aggregate value of $25,000 or more.
Information that must be disclosed: ● Name of the person, entity, or organization (i.e., the Contractor or Subcontractor) ● Name of the Chief Executive Officer/President
● Chief Operating Officer
● Chief Financial Officer
● Chairperson
● All members of the Board of Directors
● All persons who own more than 10% of the person, entity, or organization ● Name of any campaign committee owned or controlled by the person, entity, or organization Please complete the following disclosure form:
Contractor(s)*:
Name Address
Full Name Title Business Address City State Zip
Chairperson
Chief Executive Officer / President
Chief Operating Officer
Chief Financial Officer
Board of Directors
More than 10% interest owner
* “Contractor” is the person, entity, or organization that is the party, or prospective party, to the contract with the City, SA, or HA or any member of that person’s, entity’s, or organization’s Board of Directors, its Chairperson, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer, any person with an ownership interest of more than ten percent (10%) in that person, entity, or organization, and any campaign committee that is owned or controlled by that person, entity, or organization. Above please disclose these persons’ name and business address.
ACCO Engineered Systems, Inc. 888 E. Walnut Street, Pasadena, CA 91101 Chuck Richter
Jeffrey Marrs
Chuck Darway
John Petersen
See attached BOD
None 888 E. Walnut Street, Pasadena, CA 91101 888 E. Walnut Street, Pasadena, CA 91101 888 E. Walnut Street, Pasadena, CA 91101 888 E. Walnut Street, Pasadena, CA 91101 888 E. Walnut Street, Pasadena, CA 91101 EXHIBIT 1
269 of 300
270 of 300
SCHOLL BIOGAS RENEWABLE
GENERATION PROJECT
City Council
September 2022
271 of 300
Today’s Decision Points
1. Authorize a Full Notice to Proceed to Western Energy Systems for the Power Island Major Equipment (PIME) and supplemental services.
2. Authorize and award to ACCO for the EPC scope of work.
3. Resolution of appropriation of funds for the balance of work. 2 272 of 300
Western Energy Systems Scope
• Four Jenbacher LFG Engines generating 3 MW gross each (11MW net).
• Assembly/reassembly of the engine modules.
• Supply engine support equipment such as coolers, natural gas compressors, etc.
ACCO Scope
• EPC for the balance of plant (BOP) equipment: LFG clean up, LFG compression, electrical connections, etc.
• Heavy lift services for the Jenbacher engines.
• BOP engineering, BOP construction, and startup of the plant.
Project Scope
3 273 of 300
Existing Scholl Site
4 274 of 300
New Project Area of Disturbance
5 275 of 300
Project Schedule
6 Milestone Date
City Council approval to move forward September 20, 2022 FNTP to Western Energy Systems September 23, 2022
FNTP to ACCO October 31, 2022
Receive finalized SCAQMD Permit November 2022
Mobilize to site January 2023
Project Substantial Completion and Commercial Operation June 2024 Final Completion August 2024
276 of 300
Project Financials
• Current Estimated Project Cost: $62.4M (excluding
contingencies).
• Current estimated cost for delay is substantial (on the order of +$12.1M).
• $2.3M: Price increase for the Jenbacher Engines.
• $9.8M: Replacement energy.
• This adds a summer to the project schedule.
• Anticipated annual O&M costs range from $2.5M-$3M.
7 277 of 300
Comparative Hypothetical Projects for Generation
• Local Solar + Battery Storage (Cost: $248M)
• ≈262 MWh Battery Energy Storage System
• 44MW Utility-Scale Solar PV Generation.
• Cost of land, BESS augmentation, and O&M excluded from estimate. • Land footprint of about 200 - 250 acres
• Wartsila Engine at Grayson (Cost: $179M)
• Assumes 1 Wartsila engine to match Scholl use-case (Baseload). • Assumes 24/7/365 operation (minus periodic maintenance). • This project would result in higher net emissions by having two emission projects instead of one (NG @ Grayson and LFG @ Scholl).
• Non-fuel O&M is excluded from estimate
• Renewable Replacement Project (Cost: $145M)
• Power Purchase Agreement + Losses + Transmission Cost over 20 years. • The City does not own the asset.
• Relies on availability of transmission (non-existent). • Not a viable option
8 278 of 300
GWP Power Supply Challenges
• Increasing load due to transportation and building electrification • Grayson Repower reduced to 3 Engines
• Sunrun terminated virtual power plant offer
• Underperforming Demand Response program
• Grid-scale renewable project delays
• Relying on LADWP is not a realistic solution
• GWP is solely responsible for its capacity, energy, and reserves obligations • Additional transmission is not a viable option
• Glendale’s accelerated goal to achieve 100% Clean Energy by 2035 • Senate Bill (SB 100): 60% Renewable by 2030 and 100% zero-carbon by 2045 • Soaring cost of energy especially during extreme heat events 9 279 of 300
HE1
HE2HE3HE4HE5HE6HE7
HE8
HE9
HE10HE11HE12
HE13
HE14
HE15HE16HE17HE18HE19HE20
HE21
HE22
HE23HE24
0 50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
Net Transmission Eland Solar and Storage Local DER
Magnolia (summer net) Unit 9 BESS Discharging
3 Wartsilas Without Scholl 2027 P95 Forecast
HE1
HE2
HE3HE4HE5
HE6HE7HE8
HE9
HE10
HE11
HE12
HE13
HE14
HE15
HE16
HE17
HE18HE19
HE20
HE21
HE22
HE23HE24
0 50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
Net Transmission Eland Solar and Storage Local DER
Magnolia (summer net) Unit 9 BESS Discharging
3 Wartsilas With Scholl 2027 P95 Forecast
IRP Resource Stack Comparison
with/without Scholl (N-1-1 Condition)
10 Without Scholl 11 MW Scholl Historical Peak Historical Peak With Scholl 280 of 300
Scholl Project Benefits
11 • Mitigates LFG that will be produced even when Scholl is closed. • Beneficially utilizes LFG that is wastefully being flared. • Provides up to 11 MW (net) of local energy not subject to intermittency. • Reliable local generation which is not dependent on transmission. • Qualifies for renewable energy credits.
• Satisfies up to 9% of the City’s renewable obligation. • As confirmed by the Glendale fire chief, this project lowers wildfire risk in the area. • Adding a 24/7 generation asset directly helps with GWP electrification goals:
• Additional nighttime capacity for charging.
• Daytime capacity for residential usage.
281 of 300
12 Methane Concentration of LFG of
Closed Landfills
Landfill Shutdown (Year) % Methane available
Toyon 1989 (33 years) 44
Lopez Canyon 1996 (24 years) 42
Bradley 2007 (15 years) 35
Coyote Canyon 1990 (32 years) 42
Fresh Kills* 2001 (21 years) 60
* - Fresh Kills Landfill is the only landfill utilizing a plastic covering to conserve LFG. 282 of 300
• Puente Hills (shutdown in 2013): ~32% Methane available (current as of September 2022).
• Wastewater biosolids were accepted into the landfill, whereas Scholl does not include significant biosolids.
• There is no plastic liner cover at Puente Hills, whereas Scholl will have a plastic liner cover.
• The sanitation district still uses two boilers to produce 23MW of renewable energy.
• This is achievable by supplementing the boilers with NG. 13 Difference between Puente Hills and Scholl
283 of 300
• This project cannot be converted to full NG usage in the future for the following reasons:
• The SCAQMD restricts the usage of NG to 10% for this facility. • The EIR also restricts NG usage under CEQA.
• The current design does not allow for the volume of needed NG to the site.
14 Conversion to full Natural Gas Usage is Not an
Option
284 of 300
Expected Scholl Landfill Energy Output
15 Project will continue
producing energy
beyond 2043
285 of 300
In Conclusion:
• Due diligence was done by GWP personnel/team members to ensure that this is a good financially–appropriate AND environmentally– conscious project for the City.
• This project aligns with the City’s environmental stewardship values and will meet up to 9% of the City’s renewable goal.
• This project will provide 24/7/365 LOCAL generation for the city, which is NEEDED for fulfilling the City’s present and future electrification goals.
• Adding LFG generation to GWP’s energy portfolio will PRODUCTIVELY use the methane that is being produced (rather than just heating the environment).
• A delay in approval is expensive.
16 286 of 300
17 287 of 300
#MyGlendale
288 of 300
Parking Lot Slides
289 of 300
Project Concerns and Due Diligence
Completed
• The city has taken the concerns raised for this project seriously, and would like to address them in the following slides:
290 of 300
• Glendale Fire Chief Silvio Lanzas
(retired) had this to say about
the project on 11/30/2021:
• “It is my professional opinion that
the proposed biogas project at the
Scholl Canyon Landfill is safer and
poses less fire threat than the
current flaring operation that has
been ongoing since the 1980s.”
• “I, as the fire chief, will not sign
off…and without hesitation, will
order the immediate stoppage of
any process at this site, or at any
other, where I feel the threat to
life and property exists.”
Scholl Canyon Fire Risk Assessment
• “My number one mission as the fire
chief in this city is the wellbeing of our
public and our firefighters; and I will
not allow anything that poses a
danger to either to come into our
city.”
291 of 300
• The following fire mitigation systems are included in this project:
• Increasing the current brush clearance to allow for a minimum of 100ft clearance around all structures and buildings.
• Enclosing the engines which will contain the biogas within a structure (i.e. – no open flame exposure to the surrounding area).
• The structure will include a fire protection system that will activate at the first sign of a fire problem.
• The office buildings will include a fire sprinkler system. • The power distribution center will include a NFPA-compliant fire protection system.
• The 60,000-gallon water tank will have fire department connections and is solely available for fire suppression use.
• Fire extinguishers and fire suppression hoses will be throughout the facility. • Fire alarms throughout the facility.
• Separation within the engine enclosure building which will isolate a fire danger and minimize its spreading from engine to engine.
Scholl Canyon Fire Risk Assessment (cont.)
292 of 300
• To ensure that noise will not be
a problem for the residents, the
shown noise study was
performed:
Scholl Canyon Noise Assessment
293 of 300
Scholl Canyon Noise Assessment Results (cont.)
Address
Distance
from
Project
Site
Receptor
Start
Time
Receptor
Finish
Time
MinL
(dB)
MaxL
(dB)
Leq
(average
dB)
Noise
Study
Result
(db)
Projected
Resultant
Exposure
(dB)
Receptor 1 5471 Mount Helena Ave. 2,389 10:52 11:07 49.1 59.9 54.0 38.0 54.1 Receptor 1 5471 Mount Helena Ave. 2,389 22:22 22:37 50.5 73.5 56.8 38.0 56.9 Receptor 2 1233 Cedarredge Ave. 3,033 11:14 11:29 60.1 75.0 65.2 40.0 65.2 Receptor 2 1233 Cedarredge Ave. 3,033 22:43 22:58 59.3 69.0 64.3 40.0 64.3 Receptor 3 Corner of Patircan & LaMirada 2,970 11:45 12:02 41.5 67.1 54.5 40.6 54.7 Receptor 3 Corner of Patircan & LaMirada 2,970 23:15 23:30 41.9 64.6 47.8 40.6 48.6 Receptor 4 1600 Glen Oaks Blvd. 2,607 12:19 12:34 32.8 47.0 37.1 35.2 39.3 Receptor 4 1600 Glen Oaks Blvd. 2,607 23:42 23:57 36.6 67.2 47.1 35.2 47.4 Receptor 5 Corner of Figueroa & Marengo Dr. 4,271 13:15 13:30 29.1 62.8 43.4 35.1 44.0 Receptor 5 Corner of Figueroa & Marengo Dr. 4,271 0:40 0:35 35.1 46.4 39.1 35.1 40.6 Receptor 6 2840 Glenoaks Canyon Rd. 2,281 14:17 14:32 35.4 63.6 46.4 29.9 46.5 Receptor 6 2840 Glenoaks Canyon Rd. 2,281 0:53 294 of 3001:08 43.5 53.5 46.5 29.9 46.6 Earthquake Concerns & Seismic Design
• All structural calculations and drawings shall be prepared and stamped by a registered California Civil or Structural Engineer (taking into account all loading information including dead, live, wind, seismic and any other sustained or transient loads).
• All equipment, structures and retaining walls shall be designed for wind and seismic forces per 2019 California Building Code requirements with Risk Category III classification under ASCE 7-22 guidelines. • All load combinations for anchor bolts shall be per ASCE 7-22, Section 2.4 (ASD) for seismic load combinations.
• All structural and miscellaneous steel design shall be in accordance with the requirements of AISC Specification 360 “Specification for Structural Steel Buildings” and the AISC 341 “Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings”. 295 of 300
Hazardous Materials
• Landfill gas lines and fuel conditioning systems are already in place and must remain in place even without the project.
296 of 300
Air Pollution
• Health Risk: SCAQMD reviewed the health risk assessment for both CEQA and its permitting program and agrees that health risks attributed to the project are less than significant.
• Methane Destruction Efficiency: When combined with oxidation catalysts, the Scholl Canyon engines are expected to remove 99.92% of methane emissions. This is a difference of just 0.04% when compared with flares.
297 of 300
Recreation Use Concerns
• Regardless of the project status, an industrial footprint will remain on site for landfill gas collection system maintenance, gas processing, and gas incineration. • A dispersion and air quality assessment was conducted to determine potential impacts on recreational use. The analysis shows that a buffer of 100 meters would generally accommodate impacts, regardless if this project moves forward due to the present flaring occurring on site.
• The impacts are related to 24-hr PM10 emissions and, to a lesser extent, 1-hr NO2 emissions. Both pollutants would be emitted from flares in the absence of the project and the flares would require a similar buffer zone. In fact, the lower exhaust velocity of flares may lead to higher nearby ground-level concentrations of pollutants.
298 of 300
Costs Associated with Project Delay
• In 2021, the total project projected costs was approximately $43M. • The current expected cost increase is $2.3M for a three-month delay. • Replacement cost of $7M per year, which would equate to approximately an average rate increase of 2.5% over 20 years.
• Significant uncertainty:
• Inflation
• Status of the war in Ukraine
• Re-permitting
• Potential re-bidding
299 of 300
Financial Details
• Western Energy System Cost: $17,729,194
• excludes +10% contingency
• ACCO Cost: $43,637,098
• excludes +15% contingency
• Miscellaneous support costs: $1,000,000
• no contingency requested
300 of 300